TW200808254A - Surgical cutting and fastening instrument with distally mounted pneumatically powered rotary drive member - Google Patents

Surgical cutting and fastening instrument with distally mounted pneumatically powered rotary drive member Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200808254A
TW200808254A TW96128141A TW96128141A TW200808254A TW 200808254 A TW200808254 A TW 200808254A TW 96128141 A TW96128141 A TW 96128141A TW 96128141 A TW96128141 A TW 96128141A TW 200808254 A TW200808254 A TW 200808254A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
assembly
distal
proximal
gas
cylinder
Prior art date
Application number
TW96128141A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI513446B (en
Inventor
Iv Frederick E Shelton
Jerome R Morgan
Eugene L Timperman
Leslie M Fugikawa
Original Assignee
Ethicon Endo Surgery Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US11/497,760 external-priority patent/US20080029575A1/en
Application filed by Ethicon Endo Surgery Inc filed Critical Ethicon Endo Surgery Inc
Publication of TW200808254A publication Critical patent/TW200808254A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI513446B publication Critical patent/TWI513446B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Surgical Instruments (AREA)

Abstract

A surgical instrument that includes a distal member configured to receive a pneumatically operated tool assembly therein. The instrument may also include an elongate shaft assembly that has a distal end portion that is coupled to the distal member and a proximal end portion. A pneumatically powered rotary drive member may be supported by the distal end portion of the elongate shaft assembly and may be configured to apply at least two rotary actuation motions to the pneumatically operated tool assembly upon receipt of at least one pneumatic drive signal from a source of pneumatic power. The pneumatically powered drive member may comprise a pneumatically powered motor. In various embodiments, the distal end portion of the elongate shaft member may articulate relative to the proximal end portion thereof and/or the distal end portion of the elongate shaft assembly may be detachable from the proximal end portion.

Description

200808254 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 科切本宝ΓΛ大體上關於外科器具,更特定言之係關於氣動外 外科i-、固為具。本發明可應用於習知内視鏡和開放性 外科儀益且可應用於機器人辅助的外科手術。 【先前技術】 ίο 15 20 外科切割及緊固器具(釘合器)在習知技藝中已被用來 =組織中造成:縱長切口並將成排肘釘施加於該切口之相 兩側上。此等器具通常包含一對合作顎夾構件,當嗲哭 具係欲用於内視鏡或腹腔鏡應用的情況,該對顆爽構= 夠通過-套管通道。該等顎夹構件之一者收納一钉昆,节匕 Ε具有至少二列橫向間隔的肘釘。另一顆夾構件界定一 / 砧,該石占具有與額内之肘釘列對準的財钉成形穴。該器 具包含複數個往復楔,該等楔在被從遠端傳動時通過該: ®中之開口且接合於支承該等肘釘的傳動器以執行該 釘朝向該砧之擊發作用。 侔^過頃已開發出多種不同作動㈣及射了展開組 —的方法。牛例來說,授證給Sheh〇n, IV等人之美國 第6,978,921號揭示一種外科釘合器具,其使用經由把 上之各種扳機機構之手動驅動作用帶動的組織切斷及財 展開組件。頃已開發出使用電池動力馬達的其他外科釘人 裝置。此一裝置揭示於授證給vi〇Ia等人之美國口 5,954,259 號。 弟 還有其他外科釘合器係由一加壓氣體源作動。舉例來 ^96425-完 i 200808254 說 種 等人之美國專利第6,619,529號揭示— 科、丁口态,其利用把手中之一加壓一 於,手内的氣缸供給動力。該氣缸裝有樣f ^基總成因加壓氣體進人該氣缸而被作動。該活塞經建= c管部分及把手構件内之組件一起行動二;致安 二,之終端作用器中的肘釘和手術刀展開。伸此 :米用-複雜的組件集合將安裝在把手; ,於f:置之終端作用器部分中之組件。此外,當 10、4:日:’會有動力源在外科程序期間耗盡的風險,因為 ;==:氣£内剩餘之氣體量。如果是在擊發或回縮 ===事’此等裝置缺乏易於將耗盡容器換2 新谷或辅助動力源的器件。 另-種氣動外科釘合裝置揭示於授證給 15 r=S2_151567號。此種裝置利用-被支2 動來作#^之摘馬達m系統產生—運動且利用此運 ^料終端作用器。此種裝置可由可卸式嶋 =二卜界動力源譬如醫院之既有高壓空氣或氣體供應源 加到要用裝/把手部分中之昆或容器的氣動裝置也受 !要儲存充分體積之加壓氣體以實現該裝置在—最小 f力下之期望作動次數所需要的貯氣瓶大小限制。在過 對大多數應姆序設計的U會需要有_大貯氣瓶 =使用’或者在使用較小貯氣瓶之情況中此等貯氣瓶會 ,、有不想要的高壓。此外,運用可卸式厘可供使用無限次 eth96425-完撝 7 200808254 表現能力且因此喜這些安排可能大幅改變 舉例t力-作曰動===喷 5哭且,哭罝合;^ t透單開關或啟動扳機起動此 組件可被傳動系統縮回。儘管 然後’擊發 成_發循環且/相^ 透過—板機總 = = :Γ此外,此等習知裝置缺乏一萬 構的器件。再者,此等壯署址“手動細回刀具和擊發桿機 動施加額外力量以協助二_展臨床醫師向傳動系統手 件。 力里以協助擊發機構推進或是減緩推進的器 因此’需要一種無須借用士曰& μ 又而要一種氣動外科釘合參置 關擊發期間遭遇之力量的觸覺:其置他==供有 其已作動位置並備便要被縮回之時的通知。/衣氏達 今需要一種經濟且具有輕易替換動力源之 制此等動力源可被替換之次數的氣動外科釘合^置守限 又’需要更有效率地將氣體儲存在用以向外科針合裝置 eth96425-完稿 8 200808254 供給動力之貯氣瓶内的方_ 給動力進行更多次使用 衣置,使得單一貯氣瓶可供 又,需要—坪重且有用、 5 手動縮回刀具和擊萬:發生氣動力喪失或中斷時 又,需要且借卜=于〜成之态件的氣動釘合裝置。 器的裝置,該終端:用特:二 之長轴桿總成部分選紐^運:成及/或其所附接 10 又’需要具備上述特徵一少 式終端作用器的裝置,以# + ί =者且亦能夠配合可拆裝 器配置使用。 寻裝置搭配拋棄式終端作用 【發明内容】 -建點中’本發明針對-種外科器具,其包括- 15 可包含-長軸桿總成’該長軸桿維成有“具 端部分。該遠端部分可_接於該遠 近W分和一遠 〆匕括-被该長軸桿總成遠端 進 件。該傳動構件可經建構用以在從气2的_動構 力傳動仏唬之後向该遠端構件所 孔 成施加至少二旋轉驅動運動。 之忒乳力刼作工具總 20 在另-總體觀點中,本發明針對一種呈 含一把手總成及一閉合傳動系,該 °。厂,,、可包 成支承且經建構用以產生一關閉運動:_開把:總 動機構亦可被該把手總成支承致使豆 。一驅 4性地產生至少-氣力驅動信號。—㈣桿總 eth96425-完稹 9 200808254 ,耦接於該把手總成並與該閉合傳動 以及,力驅動信號。-氣動傳== ,之一心可#作地支承且可經建構用以回應 =寻轧力驅動#唬產生一旋轉擊發運動和一旋轉回、 ίο 二用!器具可更進一步包括-耗接於該長轴桿總成的终端 =。該終端作用器在各非限制性實施例中可包括2 大小用以在其内收納,的長槽道。-石占可樞轉: 亥長槽這且對於來自該長軸桿總成的開啟和關閉運 =出樞轉反應。一切割及切斷構件被可操作地支承於兮 對於來自該氣動傳動構件的旋轉擊縮; 動作出回應。 1曰心 【實施方式】 15 20 制Λ下/配隨附圖式以舉例方式說明本發明之多個實施 Η,/、中可利用相同數字敘述相同部件。 —今翻到圖式,各圖中以相同數字標示相同組件,圖】 不出-種能狗實現本發明之數項獨特益處 斷器具示實施例包含一把手總成·、一長軸刀 桿總成_、及-連接於長軸桿總成丨⑼的終端作用器a 例可包含—可插轉地附接於長轴桿總成 被‘弓曲、兔索或帶樞轉帶動的終端作用器、,蓉如2006 年1月10日申請之發明名稱為、、surgicalinstrument HAV腦AN ARTICULating娜腳咖⑽,之美國專 利申請案序號第! 號所揭示者,該申請案之内容 、引用的方式併入本文中。但隨著本發明的詳細說明逐漸 eth96425-完稱 10 5 10 15 20 200808254 =同會理解到本發明之各實施例可關於採 置—步詳細說明,甚至可一 ^ 如圖1所示,哭且 機302和-擊發扳°機、3之把手總成300可包含一閉合扳 矛欠你田 表板機31〇°應理解到具有針對不同外科任 二θ 2終端作用器的器具可能具有不同數量或類型之扳 適合操作一終端作用器的控制器。圖甲所示終 °°猎由較佳為長形的軸桿總成100分隔於把手細 5目師可利用—活節控制器細使終端作用^ 才對於軸才干總成1 〇〇進行活節運動。 外Λ理解到諸如錯直、水平、右、左等之空間用語係在假 °又斗為具10之縱向軸線與長軸桿總成100之中軸& 轴且«泌3Η)從把手總成底部以一銳角向 的狀恶下芩照圖式提出。但在實際實行當中,外科器具 可:多種不同角度定向,且因此這些空間用語係相對:外 科器具10本身使用。又’、、近側(proximal广-辭在本說 明書中係以一身在把手總成3〇〇背後之臨床醫師的觀點來 看’此臨床醫師將終端作用器12放成遠離自己。 &在本說明書中,、、加壓氣體,,一辭意指適合用在無菌環 j中使用之氣動系統内的任何氣體。此等媒介的非限制性 實例包含壓縮空氣,二氧化碳(C〇2),氮氣,氧氣,氬氣, 氦氣,氫化鈉,丙烷,異丁烷,丁烷,氟氯碳化物類,二 甲基喊,甲基乙基醚,氧化亞氮,氫氟统類(Hfa ),例如 eth96425-完槁 11 200808254 HFA 134a ( 1,1,1,2,一四氟乙烧)或1^八2 七氟丙烷)。 ,,1,2,3,3,3- 5 咅在本^兄—明書中,、'流體麵合(fluidically coupied y,一辭 彳經一適當線路或其他構件耦接以許可加壓氣體t 線路”的、4:, :ΓΓ'、供氣管線路、戈、氣 路笔报&田、、泉係扣一由剛性或可撓導管、管件、管 通道 以將加壓氣體從一組件輸送到另-組件的適當 10 從_力^_月書中’氣力信號"或^氣力傳動信號"係指 二力二,源流到流體輕合於該加壓氣體源 在二流或是經流體搞合在-起之組件之間的氣流 15 20 係軸桿之轴線向軸線”(其中 '縱向轴線〃 庫理妒土近垂直於該縱向軸線的方向。但 ;向=稍偏離垂直於該縱向轴線的方向也是大致橫斷 圖2例示—可用在本發明各實施例之—種氣 一4成或終端作用器的分解組裝力 工具總成12細诸娃木a 口 1 4所不軋力刼作 說明逐_二㈣著本發明的詳細 移除、=Γ 且因此需要對时所示組件進行 =針ϋ增添。又,應理解到圖"所示終端作用哭 了針對特定外科應用客製化。 时 —種可用於本發明各實施例的終端作用器示。如 eth96425- 12 5 10 15 20 200808254 圖所示,終端作用哭 成〃 ”。,該機構除;:二一 =擊發機構(、'刀具總 釘筒内的料,更㈣發安裝在其中之一 對於钉汽的鬥有也^制終端作用 12之-砧部分相 對於釘同的間距。E形襟擊 丨刀相 shelton,IV等人之發明名=械,,硯點已在授證給200808254 IX. INSTRUCTIONS: [Technical field to which the invention pertains] Cochebenbori is generally concerned with surgical instruments, and more specifically for pneumatic external surgery i-, solid tools. The present invention is applicable to conventional endoscopes and open surgical instruments and can be applied to robot-assisted surgery. [Prior Art] ίο 15 20 Surgical cutting and fastening devices (stapers) have been used in the prior art to create a lengthwise incision and apply rows of staples to the sides of the incision. . Such instruments typically include a pair of cooperating jaw members that are configured to pass through the cannula channel when the crying system is to be used in an endoscope or laparoscopic application. One of the jaw members houses a staple, and the knot has at least two rows of laterally spaced staples. The other clip member defines an anvil that occupies a nail forming pocket that is aligned with the elbow row in the forehead. The apparatus includes a plurality of reciprocating wedges that pass through the opening in the ® when engaged from the distal end and engage the actuator supporting the staples to effect the firing of the staples toward the anvil.侔^ has developed a variety of different actions (four) and shot the expansion group - method. In the case of a bovine case, U.S. Patent No. 6,978,921 to the disclosure of the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Other surgical staple devices using battery powered motors have been developed. This device is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,954,259 to the name of vi〇Ia et al. Other surgical staplers are actuated by a pressurized gas source. U.S. Pat. The cylinder is equipped with a sample f ^ base assembly that is actuated by the introduction of pressurized gas into the cylinder. The piston is constructed by the c-tube portion and the components in the handle member to act together; the second end of the piston is deployed in the end effector and the scalpel. Extend this: the meter-complex assembly will be mounted on the handle; in f: the component in the end effector section. In addition, when 10, 4: day: 'There will be a risk that the power source will be exhausted during the surgical procedure because; ==: the amount of gas remaining in the gas £. If it is in the firing or retracting === things, these devices lack devices that are easy to replace the container with 2 new valleys or auxiliary power sources. Another type of pneumatic surgical stapling device is disclosed in the certificate of 15 r = S2_151567. Such a device utilizes the movement of the motor 2 to produce a motion and utilizes the end effector. Such a device may be applied to a pneumatic device of a detachable 嶋=二卜界 power source such as a hospital's existing high-pressure air or gas supply source to the sump or the handle portion of the handle/handle portion. The gas is compressed to achieve the size of the gas cylinder required for the desired number of actuations of the device at the minimum f force. Us that have been designed for most applications should have a large gas cylinder = use or, in the case of smaller gas cylinders, such a gas cylinder would have unwanted high pressure. In addition, the use of detachable PCT is available for unlimited use of eth96425-end 20087 200808254 performance ability and therefore these arrangements may greatly change the example t-force - 曰 = = = = 喷 喷 喷 喷 喷 喷 喷 喷 喷 喷 喷 喷 喷 喷 喷 喷 喷 喷 喷 喷Single switch or start trigger start This assembly can be retracted by the drive train. Although it is then 'fired into a burst cycle and / phase pass|board machine total = = : Γ In addition, these conventional devices lack a 10,000-component device. Furthermore, these strong sites "manual fine-returning tools and firing rods maneuver exert additional force to assist the two clinicians to the hand of the transmission system. Lili to assist the firing mechanism to propel or slow the propulsion of the device therefore requires a kind There is no need to borrow gentry & μ and a pneumatic surgical staple to set the tactile sensation of the force encountered during the firing: it sets him == to provide notice of the time when it has been actuated and ready to be retracted. Yi Shida needs an economical and easily replaceable power source system. The number of such power sources can be replaced by the number of pneumatic surgical staples. It is also necessary to store gas more efficiently for surgical needles. Device eth96425-Finished 8 200808254 The inside of the powered gas cylinder _ Give more power to the clothes, so that a single gas cylinder is available again, need to be - heavy and useful, 5 manually retract the tool and hit the million : When the aerodynamic loss or interruption occurs, the pneumatic stapling device that needs and borrows the material from the state of the device. The device of the device: the terminal: the special selection of the long shaft assembly of the second: And / or its attached 10 In addition, it is required to have the above-mentioned features and a small type of terminal device, and it can be used with the detachable device configuration. The device is used in conjunction with the disposable terminal. [Invention] - In the construction of the present invention For a surgical instrument, including - 15 may comprise - a long shaft assembly 'the long shaft has a "end portion." The distal portion can be coupled to the distal end W and a distal end - to be distally advanced by the long shaft assembly. The transmission member can be configured to apply at least two rotational drive motions to the distal member after the transmission of the kinetic force from the gas 2 . In the alternative, the present invention is directed to a handle assembly and a closed drive train. The plant, can be packaged and constructed to create a closing motion: _ Open: The general mechanism can also be supported by the handle assembly to cause the beans. A drive generates at least a pneumatic drive signal. — (iv) Rod total eth96425-end 稹 9 200808254 , coupled to the handle assembly and with the closed drive and the force drive signal. - Pneumatic transmission ==, one heart can be supported by the ground and can be constructed to respond = the rolling force drive #唬 produces a rotary firing motion and a rotary back, ίο two! The appliance may further comprise a terminal that is consuming to the long shaft assembly. The end effector, in each non-limiting embodiment, can include a long channel that is sized to be received therein. - Shi Zhan can be pivoted: This is a long slot and this is a pivotal response to the opening and closing of the long axle assembly. A cutting and cutting member is operatively supported on the 击 for rotational squeezing from the pneumatic transmission member; the action is responsive. 1 曰 【 【 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 - Turning to the drawings, the same components are denoted by the same numerals in the figures. Fig. 1 shows the unique advantages of the invention. The embodiment includes a handle assembly, a long axis cutter total The terminal actuator a connected to the long shaft assembly 丨 (9) may include - the terminal end that is rotatably attached to the long shaft assembly by the 'bend, rabbit or belt pivoting The name of the invention applied for on January 10, 2006, and the surgicalinstrument HAV brain AN ARTICULating Najiao (10), the US patent application serial number! The content of the application, the manner of reference, is hereby incorporated by reference. However, with the detailed description of the present invention gradually eth96425-completely 10 5 10 15 20 200808254 = it will be understood that the embodiments of the present invention can be described in detail with respect to the acquisition, even as shown in Figure 1, crying The machine 302 and the firing trigger, the handle assembly 300 of 3 may include a closed trigger, and the instrument may be different for the different surgical two θ 2 end effectors. The number or type of pull is suitable for operating a controller of an end effector. The final ° ° hunting shown in Figure A is separated by a preferably elongated shaft assembly 100. The handle is fine. The 5th division can be used - the joint controller is used to make the terminal action ^ to live on the shaft assembly 1 Festival sports. The nephew understands that the spatial terminology such as staggered, horizontal, right, left, etc. is in the false and the bucket is the longitudinal axis of the 10 and the long axis rod assembly 100. The shaft & the shaft and the "bone 3" from the handle assembly The bottom is presented with an acute angle. However, in practice, surgical instruments can be oriented at a variety of different angles, and thus these spatial terms are relative: the surgical instrument 10 itself is used. ',, proximal (proximal wide-word in this specification is from the point of view of the clinician behind the handle assembly 3〇〇 'This clinician puts the end effector 12 away from himself. & In the present specification, "pressurized gas" means any gas suitable for use in a pneumatic system for use in a sterile loop j. Non-limiting examples of such media include compressed air, carbon dioxide (C〇2), Nitrogen, oxygen, argon, helium, sodium hydride, propane, isobutane, butane, chlorofluorocarbons, dimethyl sulfonate, methyl ethyl ether, nitrous oxide, hydrofluoride (Hfa) For example, eth96425-finished 11 200808254 HFA 134a (1,1,1,2, tetrafluoroethylene) or 1^8 2 heptafluoropropane). ,,1,2,3,3,3- 5 咅 In this ^ brother--the book, 'fluidically coupied y, a word coupled through a suitable line or other components to allow pressurized gas t line", 4:, :ΓΓ', gas supply line, Ge, gas path report & field, spring buckle a rigid or flexible conduit, pipe, pipe passage to pressurize gas from a component Appropriate 10 to the other-components from the _ force ^_月 book 'pneumatic signal' or "pneumatic transmission signal" means the second force, the source flow to the fluid is lightly coupled to the pressurized gas source in the second stream or The fluid engages the airflow between the components of the assembly 15 20 axis of the shaft to the axis" (where the 'longitudinal axis 〃 〃 妒 妒 近 近 近 近 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 The direction of the longitudinal axis is also substantially transverse. Figure 2 is an illustration - a decomposing assembly tool assembly 12 can be used in various embodiments of the present invention - a seed gas of 40% or an end effector. The description of the non-rolling force is based on the detailed removal of the invention, = Γ and therefore the assembly shown in the case is required to be added. It should be understood that the terminal function shown in the figure " is crying for customization for a particular surgical application. The end effector can be used in various embodiments of the present invention. As shown in the figure eth96425- 12 5 10 15 20 200808254, The terminal acts to cry into 〃 ”., the agency except;: 21 = firing mechanism (, 'the tool in the total nail cartridge, more (four) issued in one of the buckets for the nail steam also has a terminal effect 12 - the spacing of the anvil part relative to the nail. The E-shaped sniper file, shelton, IV, etc., the name of the invention = the machine, the point has been granted

Instrument Ineorp〇rating Αη ε:β“:3 StJllng 美國專利第6,978,921 #中提及^nng ^贿"的 用的方式併入本文中。;專利之相關部分以引 行,熟習此技藝者合理解明的詳細說明逐漸進 組態而不脫離本發明之精神及職。 料様構 在本說明書中’、'擊發機構"意指氣動工具及/或 固部分’其從一該擊發機構可能本質二 休止狀悲的未作動位置移動至—該 變換位置到-最終位置的已作動、終端位置== =該工具因觸其施加之至少—擊發運動而完成-或ί 項動作。擊發機構舉例來說可包括:(1)完全被氣動工^ 支承且與外科裝置中之組件交界的的組件;(li)位於氣動 工具内及外科裝置内之組件的一個組合;或(叫被外 裝置支承且可移入及移出氣動工具的組件。在本說明書 中摹發行程意指擊發機構從未作動位置到已作動位 的實際移動。文中、'回縮行程夕意指擊發機構從已作動位 置移回未作動位置的回行移動。 如圖2所示’終端作用器12包含—遠端構件,該遠端 構件在各非限制性實施例中包括一長槽道2〇,有一可樞轉 th96425- 13 200808254 平移的砧40附接於該長槽道。長槽道2〇經建構用以接收 亚支承一釘匣50,該釘匣對於刀具總成3〇作出回應以驅 使肘釘70與砧40發生成形接觸。應理解到儘管本文有利 地提出一可輕易替換的釘匡,可將一與本發明之觀點—致 5的釘E永久性地固定或整合於長槽道20。 在各實施例中,擊發機構或刀具總成3〇包含在 ,控制終端作用器12之間距的鉛直間隔銷。特定言之:上 邓銷32經布置以進入位在砧4〇與長槽道2〇間之樞軸附近 ίο 銘=42。+見圖4’當在石占40關閉之狀態下擊發時, 、土肩在一往遠側延伸穿過砧40的縱向砧槽孔44内朝 =側推進。石占40中之任何微小往上偏轉均被上部銷Μ仏 予之一向下力克服。 、、、° - Λ具^成3G亦包含—往上接合於形成在長槽道20中之 15 20 作ιϋ23 (圖2)的刀棒帽34 ’藉此與上部銷32合 鮮二Γ占40與長槽a 20之間夹住太多組織時將砧40 最。在各實施例中,刀具總成30 之一向^過形成在釘匡50之一下表面中及長槽道20 36,^ 中之擊發傳動槽孔(圖中未示)的中間銷 抵住“二文:斤:而驅古動其内之肘釘70。中間銷36藉由 被掐住關Η沾/月動有利地抗拒終端作用器12於其遠端 點亦可^ 何傾向。然本發明各實施例之獨特新賴觀 回到;2 :;總成配置的使用實現。 銷36之間位於、土彳 具總成30上介於上部銷32與中間 ;逐則的切割刃38橫越釘匣5〇中之一位於近 eth96425-完槁 14 200808254 2錯直槽孔54以切斷失住的組織。刀具總成3G相關於 a均、20及砧40的確貫定位確保執行有效切割。在各實 r ϋ I砧40之下表面可在其内具備複數個肘釘成形穴 =中未示)’這些肘釘成形穴被排列成在釘匡5〇收納於 „内時對應於釘Ε50之一上表面乂中之複數個釘孔 ^各貫施例中’釘£ 5G可扣接配合於長槽道2〇内。 二疋:之’釘£⑽之加長特徵部60、62分別與長槽道20 之凹處24、26摩擦地且可釋地接合。 ίο 15 20 亦士 ϋ 2所:’釘匣5〇包括一匣主體$卜一楔形滑橇 1傳動Α 66、肘釘7G、及—&托板68。在組褒時, 在厂Ϊ辨8將模形滑槪64、財钉傳動器66及財釘70固持 在S主體51内侧。長槽道茲 k 20精由長軸桿總成100耦接於 L 二 桿總成包含—遠側脊或骨架段no 側钱骨架段13G。長槽道π具有安置在近側的附 者八22,母-附著穴接收一個 上的對應槽道财構件114 UG之· Λί) u μ — 長羊曰迢20亦具有可樞轉地接 έά 一 1應砧樞軸43的砧凸輪槽孔28。一閉合套芮 總成崎在脊總成102上且包含遠侧閉合管區 近側閉合官區段⑽。如下文所將說明,閉合 相對於脊總成102之軸向浐叙 -、、心成70 20樞轉。 #夕動β致石占40相對於長槽道 且她^π斤7鎖耳112安裝在遠側脊段110中當作刀 —成之一閉鎖器件。遠側和近 田 成於遠側脊段別之頂上以在其間界接^ eth96425-完搞 15 200808254 ^一上臂116的杰}曰 在-氣缸總成5二一達^簧之朝遠側延伸的下臂… ^ 3 0 , ^ # ^3 5 ";τ7 "Γ ^ ^ ^ # 5 10 15 施例可包含其見下文。應理解到各實 在 、i的閉鎖杰件或完全沒有閉鎖器件。 在圖1-6所不實施例中,欲 拉動終端作用哭12錶一欠^ ^ 可猎由經彎曲 對於近側閉合㈣;Τ9=Γ轉動之鏡索或帶的組合相 動。熟羽此枯rf 總成3〇〇)進行活節運 之牡纟者會理解到此種配置僅為可搭配這些類型 伽L 許多活節配置其中一者。在此實施例中,遠 又110之近端於其上有—轂122。近侧脊段i邛之遠 U有通孔136的柄腳丨34。近側脊段130相對於 遠側5段110定位致使孔136與轂122之一孔124同軸對 準乂讓樞軸銷13 8能夠穿過。參見圖4。此種配置在組 裝柃终可終端作用器12相對於近侧脊段13〇以枢軸線A_A 為中心枢轉。 如4所达’此實施例利用帶使終端作用器12進行活節 運動。特定言之,帶1 50、1 60可如圖2和3所示往遠側朝 活節樞軸104延伸。帶150可沿近侧閉合管區段19〇左側 穿過該近側閉合管區段,在此繞過帶構件i 6〇並橫跨至近 20側閉合管區段之右側。其中,帶丨5〇舉例來說可在連接點 12 3機械地搞接於毅12 2。同樣的,帶16 0可沿近側閉合管 區段190右側穿過該近側閉合管區段,在此繞過帶構件ι5〇 並橫跨至近侧閉合管區段190之左側。其中,帶160可在 連接點125機械地耦接於轂122。 16 eth96425-完槁 200808254 圖3是終端作用器及脊總成1〇2之一俯視圖,其中以虛 線示出閉合管總成100。圖4是器具1〇之相同部分的局部 側剖面圖。如圖4所示,依據一非限制性實施例,帶15〇 和160被示為彼此偏離以防在移動中彼此干擾。舉例來 5况,帶U〇被示在一低於帶160的位置。在另一非限制性 貫施例中,帶150和160之鉛直向定位可為顛倒。亦如圖 2和3所示,帶構件150繞近側骨架段13〇之柄腳部分134 中的一銷140延伸。同樣的,帶16〇繞近側骨架段13〇之 柄腳部分134中的銷142延伸。亦參見圖2。 10 帶部分I50和160可從轂丨22伸出沿著近側閉合管區段 190延伸到圖5所示活節控制器2〇〇。活節控制器2〇〇可包 含一活節滑件202、一框架204及一封閉件2〇6。帶部分 150、160可經由槽孔208或其他孔通過活節滑件2〇2,但 應理解到帶部分150、160可藉由任何適當器件輕接於滑件 15 202。活節滑件2〇2可如圖5所示為一件式,或者在一非限 制性實施例中可包含二部件,於此二部件之間有一界定槽 孔208的交界處。在一非限制性實施例中,活節滑件汕2曰 可包含多個槽孔,例如以每一槽孔對應於帶部分15〇、〗 之一者。封閉件206可覆蓋控制器2〇〇之各組件以防碎屬 ^0 進入。 在各實施例中,帶部分150、160可在較槽孔208靠近 近側的連接點21〇、2丨2錨定於框架204。圖5之非限制性 實例,示帶部分150、160從連接點21〇、212到位在近側 閉合管區段19〇之縱向軸線附近的槽孔208經預先彎曲。 eth96425-完搞 17 200808254 應理解到帶部分15〇、160可被錨定至器具l〇中任何較槽 孔208靠近近側之處、包括把手總成3〇〇。 在使用中’圖2之實施例可具有如圖3所示之一未活節 運動位置。活節控制器200及帶150、160被示為在一大約 5位於軸桿總成100之縱向軸線的置中位置。因此,終端作 用态12係處於一中立或未活節運動位置。在圖6中,活節 控制% 200被示為活節滑件202被推穿過活節框架到轴桿 總成100之右侧。因此,帶150、16〇朝軸桿總成1〇〇之右 側彎曲。從圖中可見帶150向右彎曲會在轂122上施加一 10偏碓轂122之樞軸點的側向力。此偏離力量導致轂〗22以 活節樞軸104為中心轉動’從而導致終端作用器12如圖所 示向右樞轉。應理解到將活節滑件2〇2往軸桿總成1〇〇之 左側推動可在帶150、160上施加一側向力,使帶15〇、16〇 ^ =者均朝軸桿總成100之左側彎曲。然後帶16〇之彎曲在 章又122上施加一側向力,此側向力如前所述偏離轂之 樞軸點。此隨後導致轂122以活節樞軸為中心轉動,導致 終端作用器12向左樞轉。 在各實施例中,軸桿總成100係由一閉合管總成17〇 脊總成1〇2上構成。參見圖2。閉合管總成17〇包括 入,側閉合管區段180和一近側閉合管區段19〇。遠侧閉 、=區段和近側閉合管區段19G可由—聚合物或其他 、备材料製成。近側閉合管區段19()為中空且有一穿透延 2的軸向通道191,該軸向通道經訂定接收 脊總成102之一部分。 18 eth96425-完穣 200808254 在圖2和4所示實施例中’使用—雙樞軸閉合接頭 理解到本發明並不侷限於雙樞軸閉合 ^包含任何適當的閉合管或套筒,U完全沒有閉合管或 5 ^二::照圖4’遠側閉合管區段180具有上部和下 .^ rt Hg 之砧開/關舌片46致使砧40在開啟 見下;:Γ=間枢轉的馬蹄形孔185和舌片,詳 10腳190類似地具備—往遠側延伸的上柄 174 6人 遇側延伸的下柄腳194。一上部雙樞軸連椁 74包含往上突出的遠側和近側抱 ^ 分別接合於-往近側突出之 插銷孔183及一往#也丨*山 丫日]上#延側 銷孔193。接頭配置更勺大人上柄腳192中的上部近側插 u呈有往下:丄更包含一下部雙樞軸連桿177,該連桿 Γ側和近側搞軸鎖178、叫圖2未示: 下:!Γ軸銷分別接合於-往近側突出之下柄 194中的下^,側插銷孔187及一往遠側突出之下柄腳 中的下邛近側插銷孔195。 20動往在遠=平中移成m例如回應閉合板機310之作 油成102 Ρ關閉占4〇。石占40因閉合管總成170在脊 ^之門/β/主通側平移導致馬蹄形孔185之背部撞擊石占40 開“ 4 ” 46並導致石占叫區轉至關閉位置而_。要 = :/’使閉合管總成170在脊總成⑽上依近側ί ⑽向地移動導致舌片1δ6接觸 = th96425-完稱 19 200808254 石占40樞轉至開啟位置。 圖7例示本發明各實施例之一非限制性把手總成 之一分解組裝圖。在圖7所示實施例中,把手總成呈有一 :手搶握把"型組態且由一右邊機殼構件32〇和一 ^邊機 双構件330構成,该等機殼構件係由—聚合物或其他適當 材料模製或其他方式製造且經設計匹配在一起。機殼構件 320和330可藉由扣接特徵部、經模製或以其他方式形成 於其中之短樁和承窩,且/或藉由黏著劑、螺釘、螺栓1夾 子、及類似物附接在一起。右邊機殼構件32〇之上部部八 1〇 322與左邊機殼構件33〇之一對應上部部分323配合二: 成一標示為340的主殼體部分。相似地,右邊機殼構件32〇 上之下部握把部分324與左邊機殼構件之下部握把部分 344配合以形成一整體標示為342的握把部分。在圖7所 示實施例中,整個握把部分342與主殼體部分34〇整合。 15此種配置可能特別適合加壓氣體源係永久性安裝在握把部 刀342内的應用。此種配置亦適合用於加壓氣體源係在把 手總成300以外經由殼體總成上之一或多個琿口接通裝在 把手總成内之控制組件。在其他實施例中,如下文所將詳 述,握把部分342係可卸離主殼體部分34〇。隨著本發明 20的詳細說明逐漸進行,此種配置提供非常多的好處和優 點。但熟習此技藝者會理解到把手總成3〇〇可以多種不同 形狀和大小提供。 為求圖面簡潔’圖7僅例示用來控制最終控制砧4〇之 開啟及關閉的閉合管總成17〇之軸向移動的組件。如圖所 20 eth96425-完稹 200808254 示’一藉由一連桿總成430耦接於閉合扳機3〇2的閉合梭 400被支承在主殼體部分34〇内。閉合梭4〇〇亦可被製作 成由一聚合物或其他適當材料模製或其他方式製造且經設 計匹配在一起的兩個部分4〇2、4〇4。舉例來說,在圖7所 5示貝轭例中,右邊部分402可具備經設計要收納在左邊部 分404之對應承窩(圖中未示)内的緊固栓403。右邊和 左邊部分402、404可藉由扣接構件及/或黏著劑及/或螺 栓、螺釘、夾子、及類似物以其他方式固持在一起。如圖 中所不,一止動溝196提供在近側閉合管區段i 9〇之近端 1〇中。閉合梭400之右邊部分402具有一右止動凸緣區段 405,該右止動凸緣區段適於與閉合梭4〇〇左邊部分4〇4 上之:左止動凸緣區段(圖中未示)合作形成一伸入近側 閉合官區段190之止動溝196内的止動凸緣總成。 亦如圖7所示’一右脊總成止動樁326從右邊機殼構件 15 320往内伸。此樁326伸入閉合梭4〇〇之右邊部分術之 一長形槽孔或窗406内。一相似閉合梭止動樁(圖中未示) 從左邊機殼構件330往内伸且欲收納於閉合梭4〇〇之左邊 部分404之另一窗或槽孔4〇8中。此等止動樁用來在許可 閉合梭40 0相對於把手總成扇袖向移動的同時將近㈣ 20段130之近端133 (圖7未示)不可動地固定於把手總成 300。止動樁舉例來說可藉由螺栓、螺釘、黏著劑、扣接特 徵部、及類似物機械地附接於近側脊段13〇之近端。此外, 閉合梭400具備側向延伸的導軌41〇、4n。執道41〇建構 為可滑動地收納在右邊機殼構件32〇之執道導件似内, eth96425-完裸 200808254 且轨道411建構為可滑動地收納在左邊機殼構件33〇之一 執道導件(圖中未示)内。 ίο 15 20 閉合梭400及閉合管總成170在遠側方向(箭頭 ^之軸向移動係由閉合扳機302朝把手總成3〇〇之握把部 分342移動產生,且閉合梭4〇〇在近側方向(箭頭、、〇") 中之軸向移動係由閉合扳機3〇2移離握把部分342之移動 產生在各貝化例中,閉合梭400具備一讓閉合連桿總成 430與其附接的連接器舌片412。參見圖8和9。閉合連桿 總成430包含一藉由一銷414可枢轉地銷接於連接器舌片 的軛部分432。閉合連桿總成43〇更有_閉合臂%μ, 孩閉口 #如圖7所不藉由一閉合銷436可樞轉地銷接於一 形成在閉合扳機302上之辆總成3〇4。閉合板機3〇2藉由 一=伸於右邊機殼構件32G與左邊機殼部分咖之間的梅 軸銷306可樞轉地安裝在把手總成3〇〇内。 當^床醫師想要關# 4G以將組織夾緊於終端作 12内¥,臨床醫師將扳機302拉往握把部分342。隨著臨 床醫師將閉合扳機302拉往握把部分342,閉人連尸她^ 430依遠側、、c"方内妒紅„人 才連杯總成 430…二梭4〇0直到閉合連桿總成 私至圖8所示鎖定位置為止。當處於該 、=430會傾向於將閉合梭彻保持 =請移到鎖定位置,閉合管總成二: 通側移動,導致砧40上之關閉/開啟舌片 合管區段180之黾硌彬力五乃的被通側閉 至闕閉(夾緊)位置^ 5之近端碰觸從而將石占4〇枢轉 eth96425-完稿 22 200808254 在各實施例中,為更進一步將梭400保持在關閉位置, 閉合扳機302可具備一適於接合握把部分342並將閉合扳 機302可釋地保持在鎖定位置的可釋鎖定機構301。亦可 能利用其他鎖定裝置將閉合梭400可釋地保持在鎖定位 5 置。在圖8、8A、8B、及9所示實施例中,閉合扳機302 包含一可撓縱向臂303,一側向銷305從該臂伸出。臂303 和銷305舉例來說可由模製塑膠製成。把手總成300之手 搶握把部分342包含一開口 350,該開口於其内放有一側 向延伸楔352。當閉合扳機302縮回時,銷305接合於楔 10 352,且銷305被楔352之下表面354迫使其向下(亦即使 臂303以順時針方向轉動)。當銷305完全通過下表面354 時,臂303上之順時針方向力移除,且銷305以逆時針方 向轉動致使銷305停在楔352背後之一凹口 356中從而鎖 定閉合扳機302。銷305因一從楔352伸出之可撓擋止358 15 而被更進一步保持在鎖定位置。 要解鎖閉合扳機302時,操作者可更進一步播壓閉合扳 機302,導致銷305接合於開口 350之一傾斜後壁359,迫 使銷305向上通過可撓擋止358。然後銷305能自由離開 開口 360之一上部槽道致使閉合扳機302不再被鎖定於手 20 槍握把部分342。此配置之更多細節可參見2006年1月31 曰申請之授證給Shelton,IV等人之發明名稱為★ Surgical Instrument Having A Removable Battery"的美國專利申請 案序號第ll/344,020號中提及,該專利申請案之相關部分 以引用的方式併入本文中。亦可採用其他可釋鎖定配置。 23 eth96425-完搞 200808254 在本發明各實施例中,刀具總成30可有一自1 ===:接的大致剛性活塞桿部分35,該活塞桿部: 係為傳動構件500之局部,其被遠側脊段110可摔 5 Γ::=縮運動)。在圖3、4、10、及11所示實施例 、 牛500包括一兩段式氣力作動氣缸總成501。 30可包括一元組件或者其可以多部件提供以利 10 Γο包括^右舉例來說’如圖1〇和11所示,刀桿總成 二/ 銷32、帽34、中間銷36、及刀38的遠 ^ 干#刀35通鳊上之一突出部37的孔33。突出邱 類m力收納在孔33内且/或藉由黏著劑、炫接i 15 二r:近=2=體第 夕一哲, 久通入弟一軋缸殼體510内 二通道/16内的第一開放遠端, ,、匕括第一軋缸殼體520,該第二氣缸殼體且有一 20 , 弟一封閉近端522有—第一活塞頭528形成於1 ’该弟-活塞頭經相對於第一軸向 用 二,-氣缸殼體51。之第一壁511產生一大致= 之遠側與第—活塞頭528之近側 軋區515。第一氣缸殼體510之第一遠 4更有-形成於其上的向内延伸第一凸緣517,該第 eth96425-完搞 24 200808254 凸緣用於與第二氣缸殼體52〇 密滑動密封藉以在第—凸竣^7_卜土表面建立一大致氣 秸乂隹弟凸緣517之近側與第一活夷頭 之遠側,間界定-第二氣缸區518。 活基頭似 _、壬通逼527穿透第一活塞5員528。如圖10和η所 不’活基桿35之近端穿過第二氣缸殼體 端524伸入第二軸向通道 =放: 於式以甘从+上 弟一,舌基碩530形成 ίο 3 ί式附接於活塞桿35之近端。第二活塞頭530 =於:二軸向通道526訂定大小用以與第二氣缸殼體 弟—壁521產生—大致氣密滑動密封藉以界定一 ^二虹區532。第二氣紅殼體52〇之第二遠端似更有 的向内延伸第二凸緣525,該第二凸緣用於 :、活基杯35建立-大致氣密滑動密封以在第二凸緣μ之 近側與第二活塞頭530之遠側之間界定一第四氣缸區534。 15 20 如圖3和4所示,氣缸總成5〇1安裝在遠側脊段“ο 内。在各實施例中,一對耳軸519提供在第一氣缸殼體51〇 之近端。耳軸519被收納在遠側脊段u〇之耳轴孔ιι9 内以使氣缸總成501能夠在遠側脊段〗i 〇内以一樞軸線 為中心樞轉。參見圖3。一第一供氣線路或供氣導管 =0從把手總成3〇〇之一定向控制閥61〇 (圖8和9)延伸 f過欲耦接於第一氣缸殼體51〇第一近端512之近側閉合 官區段190藉以供給加壓氣體通過第一氣缸殼體5〗〇第一 近端512之一第一供氣埠513或開口。參見圖⑶和n。 此外,一第一供氣線路542從定向控制閥61 0延伸穿過近 側閉合官區段1 90且在第一氣缸殼體5丨〇之遠端5〗4附近 25 eth96425-完搞 ίο 15 20 200808254 =接^第-氣缸殼體训藉以經由—第二埠529將加壓氣 體达入弟一氣缸區518内。 參照圖8-n ’今詳細說明擊發機構或刀具總成3〇之伸 長及回縮。如圖8和9所示,供氣線路5 —,、統定向閥㈣,該閥係為裝在把手殼體別内^^ 動為系統600的一部分。在各實施例中,閥—可能 猎由-可透過把手殼體350可用之選擇開關612或按紐以 T動方式使其在前進(伸長)與倒轉(回縮)位置間切換。 ,見圖1。在圖8和9所示實施例中,使用一可移除加壓 氣體源620。如下文所將詳述’此種加壓氣體源包括一可 能可用一較佳加壓氣體再充氣的貯氣瓶622。但熟習此技 蟄者會理解到亦可有效地利用不可替換/再充氣的加壓氣 體源(貯氣瓶)。在更其他實施例中,把手總成3〇〇可具備 一用以從一外界加壓氣體源618供給加壓氣體的埠口 616舉例來說,益具10可透過一可撓供氣線路6丨7耦接 於設施中之壓縮空氣供應器618。參見圖8B。 以下將更詳細地說明可移除/可再充氣貯氣瓶622的獨 特新穎觀點。但為了解釋活塞桿35及刀具總成3〇之伸長 及回縮’由圖中可見加壓氣體從貯氣瓶622 (或外界壓力 源61 8 )通過供氣線路6 5 0流入一可能包括一傳統比例 閥660之可變力驅動器。如圖9和55中特別顯示,比例閥 660耦接於一附接至一啟動扳機67〇之供氣連桿662。在本 說明書中’、、可變力驅動總成"至少包括比例閥66〇和啟動 扳機670及其相應等效結構。在各實施例中,啟動扳機67〇 26 eth96425-完搞 200808254 f支承在擊發扳機31Q附近’該擊發扳機藉由—在右邊機 a又構件320與左邊機殼構件33〇之間延伸的樞軸銷可 樞I地|馬a於把手總成300。將啟動扳機67〇向内朝擊發 扳桟3 10刼壓會導致比例閥66〇加大加壓氣體從貯氣瓶 5 622流入一耦接於定向閥61〇之供氣線路68〇内的流率。 視定向閥6H)之位置而定,加壓氣體會流入供氣線路54〇 或542内。舉例來說,當定向閥6丨〇被臨床醫師作動以擊 發刀具總成30時,加壓氣體在啟動扳機67〇作動後被允許 f過供氣線路540經由第一活塞頭528中之第一開口 527 二入第氣缸區515内且流入第三氣缸區532内。隨著加 壓乳體進入第三氣紅區532,第二活塞頭53〇向活塞桿% 朝遠側施力。位於第四氣缸區内的氣體透過第二氣缸殼體 520^之排氣口 523排放。相似地,第二氣缸區518中容納 之氣體被許可透過第二開口 529排入第二供氣線路Μ] 15 二供氣線路542將排放氣體送到定向閥010,最終 ,該f向騎出。加壓氣體持續施加於第-氣缸區515和 f三氣缸區532會導致刀具總成30完全延伸穿過終端作用 :12。,著刀具總成3〇通過終端作用器12,其切斷該終 編作用為中夾緊的組織且擊發釘^ 5〇内之肘釘(驅使 肘釘與砧40之下表面發生成形接觸)。一旦刀具總成3〇 已推進至其在終端作用器12内之最遠側位置,臨床醫師放 開啟動扳機670以中斷加壓氣體之施加。 要縮回擊發機構或刀具總成30時,臨床醫師手動地 動選擇開關612或適當按鈕將定向閥61〇調整成回縮位^ eth96425-完搞 27 200808254 ίο 15 20 亚開始拚壓啟動扳機670,導致加壓氣體流入第二供氣線 路542内:流過第二供氣線路542的氣體進入第二氣缸區 518’導致第i氣缸殼體52〇往近側縮入第—氣缸殼體训 内。f 一氣缸區515内之氣體被允許經由第-供氣口 513 排入第-供氣線路’ β。通過第—供氣線路州的氣體 以定向閥6U)並由此排出。一旦進入第二氣缸區518之 加壓氣體已導致第二氣紅殼體52〇如圖1〇所示縮入第一氣 缸殼體5Η)内,通過第二開口 529的氣體此時能夠通過第 ,缸双體510之排氣口 523並流入第四氣缸區内。 =加壓氣體進入第四氣缸區534’第二活塞頭53〇將活 土才干=5往近側拉入第二氣缸殼體52〇内。第三氣缸區说 :之氣體通過第一開口 527進入第一氣缸區515内,從該 弟一氣缸區内依前述方式排出。 本毛月各只施例中呈比例閥66〇形式的可變力驅動器 Ζ用彈Η或其他偏動器件(圖中未示)U將比例閥660 π么t纟作動位置。當處於未作動位置時,比例閥660 〇,、、、^構成阻止任何氣體從氣體源620或618流過閥66〇 孔〇 (圖中未示)。因此,當驅動器扳機670處於未 動位^置時,裝置本質上處於、、關〃的狀態。 、 機朽在/Λ實施例中’比例闊660可為藉由供氣連桿臂662 1地輕接於啟動扳機_,致使當臨床醫師向 擠壓啟動扳機67〇時,連桿臂⑹導致比例闕_ ㈣f率加大通過閥66G。因此,快速擠壓啟動扳機 ¥致裝置之擊發速率提高’且放慢擠壓啟動扳機 eth96425-完稹 28 200808254 670之速率會減缓擊發速率。因此’被允許通過比例閥660 之氣體流量與施加於啟動扳機670之手動力量大致成比 例0 在其他實施例中,比例閥660可經電子式控制致使在啟 動扳機作動後,比例闊660自其數位化喷放氣體。比例閥 660以一脈衝方式放出少量氣體,且啟動扳機67〇被越大 力擠壓,脈衝間隔越近。此配置用於選擇性地調節被用來 作動裝置的氣體體積。 又,在更其他實施例中,驅動機構可包括一不同類型的 10機構,其不像啟動扳機67〇相對於把手總成受到可樞轉地 支承。舉例來說,啟動扳機可包括一彈箐驅動滑移開關或 類似物。因此,提供給本發明這些實施例的保護不應僅限 在使用一樞轉驅動扳機之實施例。 ^ 15 又,在各貝施例中,一壓力計541可如圖8和8a所示 流體輕合於供氣線路540。一窗543可穿過把手總成· 之一對應部分提供以讓臨床醫師能夠觀看麗力計541,或 者可使用其他配置以讓臨床醫師在使用期 541。參見圖7。在夂每#么丨丄 广 韦 J Τ 彳斤六W w 口 u例中,墨力計541可包括一電子 % ,屢力計541*2用m攻些非限制性實施例 浐的哭伴^, 美夂在搫發行程遭遇之力之回 中,作動擊發機構所需要某些非限制性實施例 力成比例。若這也力為直接與氣紅總成5〇1内之壓 就能作動。另;面為:果:動= 乍動乳缸總成501所需要的力 eth96425-完搞 29 200808254 =^則會必須將更多氣體釋人氣缸總成5Gl内 完全作動擊發機構。壓力計於向臨床醫!巾 ^供終端作用器正在遭受之力量的成比例讀數。木商師 在二他路實 岭:中。此耸音出口許可少詈翁 540釋出。闵今挪“, 汴J〆里虱體攸供虱線路 加大而卜姐 而造成之後續哨音音階會隨著壓力 。然後臨床醫師可建立哨音音階盥擊發機M $ ίο 15 20Instrument Ineorp〇rating Αη ε:β ":3 StJllng US Patent No. 6,978,921 #refers to ^nng^Brit" is incorporated herein. The relevant part of the patent is cited, and those skilled in the art will understand The detailed description is gradually configured without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. In the present specification, ', 'striking mechanism' means a pneumatic tool and/or a solid part, which may be the essence of one from the firing mechanism. The restless position of the restless movement moves to - the shifted position to the final position of the activated, the end position == = the tool completes the - or ί action by touching at least the firing motion applied thereto. The firing mechanism, for example May include: (1) a component that is fully supported by the pneumatics and interfaces with components in the surgical device; (li) a combination of components located within the pneumatic tool and within the surgical device; or (called by an external device and The components that move in and out of the pneumatic tool. In this specification, the burst travel means the actual movement of the firing mechanism from the unactuated position to the actuated position. In the text, the 'retraction stroke' means the firing mechanism has been made. The moving position is moved back to the return movement of the unactuated position. As shown in Figure 2, the terminating end effector 12 includes a distal member that, in each non-limiting embodiment, includes a long channel 2 Pivot th96425- 13 200808254 The translated anvil 40 is attached to the long channel. The long channel 2 is configured to receive a sub-bearing a magazine 50 that responds to the tool assembly 3〇 to drive the staple 70 is in shaped contact with the anvil 40. It should be understood that although an easily replaceable staple is advantageously provided herein, a staple E of the present invention can be permanently fixed or integrated into the long channel 20. In various embodiments, the firing mechanism or tool assembly 3 is included in the vertical spacing pin that controls the distance between the end effectors 12. In particular, the upper Deng pins 32 are arranged to enter the anvil 4 and the long channel. 2 枢 之 ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 = side propulsion. Any slight upward deflection of the stone accounted for 40 is given by the upper pin服服, 、, ° ° - Λ 成 成 G G G 亦 亦 亦 成 3 3 3 3 3 G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G The anvil 40 is maximally clamped between the pocket 40 and the slot a 20. In each of the embodiments, one of the cutter assemblies 30 is formed in one of the lower surfaces of the magazine 50 and the long channel 20 36. , the middle pin of the firing transmission slot (not shown) in ^, against the "two text: Jin: and drive the nails 70 in the ancient movement. The intermediate pin 36 is held by the Guan Yuzhan / Yuedong It is advantageous to resist the end effector 12 at its distal end. However, the unique new look of the embodiments of the present invention returns to; 2:; the use of the assembly configuration is achieved. Between the pins 36, the soil cooker assembly 30 is interposed between the upper pin 32 and the middle; one of the cutting edges 38 is located across the nail 匣 5 位于 located near eth96425 - 槁 14 200808254 2 wrong slot 54 To cut off the lost tissue. The exact positioning of the tool assembly 3G with respect to a, 20 and anvil 40 ensures efficient cutting. The bottom surface of each of the actual anvils 40 may have a plurality of staple forming pockets therein (not shown). The staple forming pockets are arranged to correspond to the magazines 50 when the magazines 5 are received therein. One of the plurality of nail holes in the upper surface of the ^ ^ 各 各 ' ' ' ' ' 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 The recesses 24, 26 of the long channel 20 are frictionally and releasably engaged. ίο 15 20 士士ϋ 2: 'The nail 匣 5 〇 includes a 匣 main body 卜 a wedge-shaped skid 1 transmission Α 66, elbow 7G , and -& pallet 68. In the group ,, in the factory 8 8 will be the mold slider 64, the nail driver 66 and the nail 70 is held inside the S body 51. Long groove k k 20 fine by The long shaft assembly 100 is coupled to the L two rod assembly including a distal ridge or a skeleton segment no side money skeleton segment 13G. The long channel π has an attached octa 22 disposed on the proximal side, and the mother-attachment hole receives one The upper channel member 114 UG Λ ) ) ) ) ) ) ) u u u u u 亦 亦 亦 亦 亦 亦 亦 亦 亦 亦 亦 亦 亦 亦 亦 亦 亦 亦 砧 砧 砧 砧 砧 砧 砧 砧 砧 砧 砧 砧 砧 砧 砧 砧 砧 砧In the ridge assembly 102 And comprising a distal closure section proximally closed section (10). As will be explained below, the closure is pivoted relative to the axial assembly 102 of the ridge assembly 102, and the heart is 7020 pivoted. #夕动β致石占40 Relative to the long channel and her locking pin 112 is mounted in the distal ridge segment 110 as a knife--one locking device. The distal side and the near field are formed on the top of the distal ridge segment to be bordered therebetween. ^ eth96425-End 15 200808254 ^The upper arm 116's Jie}曰在-Cylinder assembly 5 二一达 The spring extends to the far side of the lower arm... ^ 3 0 , ^ # ^3 5 ";τ7 " Γ ^ ^ ^ # 5 10 15 The example can include the following. It should be understood that the real, i lockout or no lockout device. In the embodiment of Figures 1-6, the terminal is to be pulled to cry 12 Table 1 owe ^ ^ can be hunted by bending for proximal closure (four); Τ9 = Γ rotation of the mirror cable or belt combination of movement. Cooked feathers this dry rf assembly 3 〇〇) for the live oysters will be It is understood that such a configuration is only one of many configuration configurations that can be paired with these types of gamma. In this embodiment, the proximal end of the distal 110 has a hub 122 thereon. The proximal ridge segment i The distal U has a shank 34 for the through hole 136. The proximal ridge 130 is positioned relative to the distal 5 segment 110 such that the aperture 136 is coaxially aligned with the aperture 124 of the hub 122 such that the pivot pin 13 8 can pass therethrough. See Figure 4. This configuration pivots about the pivot axis A_A relative to the proximal spine 13A at the assembly end effector 12. As in this embodiment, the end effector 12 is used to live the end effector 12 Festival sports. In particular, the straps 1 50, 1 60 can extend distally toward the hinge pivot 104 as shown in Figures 2 and 3. The strap 150 can be passed along the proximal side of the proximally closed tube section 19 穿过 through the proximal closure tube section where it bypasses the belt member i 6 〇 and spans to the right side of the nearly 20 side closure tube section. Among them, the belt 丨 5 〇 can be mechanically connected to the Yi 12 2 at the connection point 12 3 , for example. Similarly, the band 16 can pass the proximal closure tube section along the right side of the proximal closure tube section 190 where it bypasses the band member ι5 〇 and spans to the left side of the proximal closure tube section 190. Wherein the strap 160 is mechanically coupled to the hub 122 at a connection point 125. 16 eth96425-完槁 200808254 Figure 3 is a top plan view of the end effector and ridge assembly 1〇2 with the closed tube assembly 100 shown in dashed lines. Fig. 4 is a partial side sectional view showing the same portion of the device 1'''''''' As shown in Figure 4, in accordance with a non-limiting embodiment, the bands 15 and 160 are shown offset from one another to prevent interference with each other during movement. For example, the U 带 is shown at a position lower than the band 160. In another non-limiting embodiment, the straight orientation of the lead of strips 150 and 160 can be reversed. As also shown in Figures 2 and 3, the strap member 150 extends around a pin 140 in the tang portion 134 of the proximal frame section 13b. Similarly, the band 142 extends in the shank portion 134 of the proximal skeletal section 13A. See also Figure 2. The belt portions I50 and 160 can extend from the hub 22 and extend along the proximal closure tube section 190 to the joint controller 2A shown in FIG. The joint controller 2A can include a hinge slider 202, a frame 204, and a closure member 2〇6. The strap portions 150, 160 can pass through the slot slider 2' 2 via slots 208 or other apertures, although it should be understood that the strap portions 150, 160 can be lightly coupled to the slider 15 202 by any suitable means. The hinge slider 2〇2 can be a one-piece as shown in Fig. 5, or can comprise two components in a non-limiting embodiment with a boundary defining a slot 208 therebetween. In a non-limiting embodiment, the hinge slide 汕2曰 can include a plurality of slots, for example, with each slot corresponding to one of the belt portions 15 〇, 。. The closure 206 can cover the components of the controller 2 to prevent fragmentation. In various embodiments, the strap portions 150, 160 can be anchored to the frame 204 at attachment points 21, 2, 2 near the slot 208. By way of non-limiting example of Figure 5, the strap portions 150, 160 are pre-bently bent from the attachment points 21A, 212 to the slots 208 near the longitudinal axis of the proximal closure tube section 19A. Eth96425-End 17 200808254 It should be understood that the belt portions 15〇, 160 can be anchored to any of the closer slots 208 of the appliance 10 near the proximal side, including the handle assembly 3〇〇. In use, the embodiment of Fig. 2 can have one of the unjointed motion positions as shown in Fig. 3. The joint controller 200 and belts 150, 160 are shown in a centered position about 5 of the longitudinal axis of the shaft assembly 100. Thus, the terminal action state 12 is in a neutral or unjointed motion position. In Figure 6, the hinge control % 200 is shown as the hinge slide 202 being pushed through the joint frame to the right of the shaft assembly 100. Therefore, the belts 150, 16〇 are bent toward the right side of the shaft assembly 1〇〇. It can be seen from the figure that the bending of the belt 150 to the right exerts a lateral force on the hub 122 at a pivot point of the biasing hub 122. This offset force causes the hub 22 to rotate about the hinge pivot 104, causing the end effector 12 to pivot to the right as shown. It should be understood that pushing the joint slider 2〇2 to the left side of the shaft assembly 1〇〇 can exert a lateral force on the belts 150, 160, so that the belts 15〇, 16〇^ = all toward the shaft Bend to the left of 100. The bend of the belt 16 then exerts a lateral force on the chapter 122 which is offset from the pivot point of the hub as previously described. This in turn causes the hub 122 to rotate about the hinge pivot, causing the end effector 12 to pivot to the left. In various embodiments, the shaft assembly 100 is constructed from a closed tube assembly 17 ridge assembly 1〇2. See Figure 2. The closure tube assembly 17A includes a side closure tube section 180 and a proximal closure tube section 19A. The distal closure, = section and proximal closure tube section 19G can be made of a polymer or other material. The proximal closure tube section 19() is hollow and has an axial passage 191 that penetrates the extension 2, the axial passage being configured to receive a portion of the ridge assembly 102. 18 eth96425-完穣200808254 In the embodiment shown in Figures 2 and 4, the 'use-double pivot closure joint' understands that the invention is not limited to a double pivot closure ^ contains any suitable closure tube or sleeve, U is completely absent Closing the tube or 5^2: as shown in Fig. 4' The distal closing tube section 180 has an upper and lower anvil opening/closing tab 46 causing the anvil 40 to be opened; Γ = pivotal horseshoe shape The aperture 185 and the tongue, detail 10, 190, similarly have a lower shank 194 that extends laterally from the upper handle 174 to the side. An upper double pivot flanks 74 include distal and proximal arms that protrude upwardly, respectively, and are respectively engaged with the latch holes 183 protruding toward the proximal side and a pair of #丨丨*山丫日]## extension pin holes 193 . The joint configuration is more scooped. The upper side of the upper shank 192 is downwardly inserted. The 丄 further includes a lower double pivot link 177. The shank and the proximal side of the connecting rod are engaged with the shaft lock 178. Show: Lower:! The cymbal pin is respectively engaged with the lower shank 194 in the proximally protruding lower side, the side pin hole 187 and a lower shank proximal pin hole 195 in the distally projecting tang. 20 moves to shift in the far = flat to m, for example, in response to the closing of the machine 310, the oil into 102 Ρ closed accounted for 4 〇. Shizhan 40 caused the back of the horseshoe shaped hole 185 to collide with the stone to occupy 40 "4" 46 due to the closing of the closed tube assembly 170 at the gate/β/main side of the ridge. The result is that the stone occupying area is turned to the closed position. To = : / ' causes the closure tube assembly 170 to move proximally on the ridge assembly (10) to the ground ί (10) resulting in the tongue 1δ6 contact = th96425 - the full name 19 200808254 The stone occupies 40 pivots to the open position. Figure 7 illustrates an exploded assembly view of one of the non-limiting handle assemblies of one embodiment of the present invention. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, the handle assembly has a hand grip configuration and is composed of a right casing member 32 and a double member 330, and the casing members are - Polymer or other suitable material is molded or otherwise manufactured and designed to match. The casing members 320 and 330 may be attached by shorting piles and sockets that are molded, otherwise molded or otherwise formed, and/or attached by adhesives, screws, bolts, and the like. Together. The upper casing member 32's upper portion VIII 322 and one of the left casing members 33 对应 are correspondingly fitted to the upper portion 323 to form a main casing portion designated 340. Similarly, the right upper housing member 32 upper upper grip portion 324 mates with the lower housing member lower grip portion 344 to form a grip portion generally designated 342. In the embodiment illustrated in Figure 7, the entire grip portion 342 is integrated with the main housing portion 34A. 15 Such a configuration may be particularly suitable for applications where the pressurized gas source is permanently mounted within the grip knife 342. This configuration is also suitable for use in a control assembly in which the pressurized gas source is coupled to the handle assembly via one or more ports on the housing assembly other than the handle assembly 300. In other embodiments, as will be described in more detail below, the grip portion 342 is detachable from the main housing portion 34A. As the detailed description of the present invention 20 proceeds, this configuration provides a number of benefits and advantages. However, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the handle assembly 3 can be provided in a variety of different shapes and sizes. For the sake of simplicity of the drawing, Fig. 7 only illustrates the components for controlling the axial movement of the closing tube assembly 17 of the opening and closing of the final control anvil. As shown in Fig. 20 eth96425 - om. 200808254, a closed shuttle 400 coupled to the closure trigger 3〇2 by a link assembly 430 is supported within the main housing portion 34〇. The closure shuttle 4 can also be fabricated as two sections 4, 2, 4, 4 that are molded or otherwise fabricated from a polymer or other suitable material and designed to fit together. For example, in the example of the yoke shown in Fig. 7, the right portion 402 can be provided with a fastening pin 403 designed to be received in a corresponding socket (not shown) of the left portion 404. The right and left portions 402, 404 can be otherwise held together by fastening members and/or adhesives and/or bolts, screws, clips, and the like. As shown, a stop groove 196 is provided in the proximal end 1 of the proximal closure tube section i9〇. The right portion 402 of the closure shuttle 400 has a right stop flange section 405 adapted to engage with the left side portion 4〇4 of the closing shuttle 4〇〇: a left stop flange section ( Cooperating to form a stop flange assembly extending into the retaining groove 196 of the proximal closure section 190. Also shown in Figure 7, a right ridge assembly stop post 326 extends inwardly from the right casing member 15 320. This post 326 extends into an elongated slot or window 406 in the right portion of the closed shuttle. A similar closed shuttle stop post (not shown) extends inwardly from the left casing member 330 and is intended to be received in another window or slot 4 〇 8 of the left portion 404 of the closing shuttle. These stop posts are used to immovably secure the proximal end 133 (not shown in Fig. 7) of the near (four) 20 segments 130 to the handle assembly 300 while permitting the closure shuttle 40 to move relative to the handle assembly sleeve. The stop post can be mechanically attached to the proximal end of the proximal spine 13 by, for example, a bolt, a screw, an adhesive, a snap feature, and the like. Further, the closing shuttle 400 is provided with laterally extending guide rails 41A, 4n. The obstruction 41 is constructed to be slidably received in the right side of the right casing member 32, eth96425 - finished bare 200808254 and the rail 411 is constructed to be slidably received in the left casing member 33 Guides (not shown). Ίο 15 20 The closing shuttle 400 and the closure tube assembly 170 are moved in the distal direction (the axial movement of the arrow ^ is generated by the closure trigger 302 moving toward the grip portion 342 of the handle assembly 3〇〇, and the closing shuttle 4 is The axial movement in the proximal direction (arrows, 〇") is caused by the movement of the closure trigger 3〇2 away from the grip portion 342. In each of the cases, the closure shuttle 400 is provided with a closed link assembly. 430 is attached to its connector tab 412. See Figures 8 and 9. The closure link assembly 430 includes a yoke portion 432 that is pivotally pinned to the connector tab by a pin 414. In the case of 43 〇, the closing arm %μ, the child closing port # is not pivotally pinned to a vehicle assembly 3〇4 formed on the closing trigger 302 by a closing pin 436. 3〇2 is pivotally mounted in the handle assembly 3〇〇 by a = male shaft pin 306 extending between the right casing member 32G and the left casing portion. When the bed doctor wants to close #4G To clamp the tissue into the terminal 12, the clinician pulls the trigger 302 to the grip portion 342. As the clinician pulls the closure trigger 302 to the grip portion 342, closed people and corpse her ^ 430 according to the far side, c" Fang 妒 red „ talent even cup assembly 430... two shuttle 4 〇 0 until the closed link assembly is private until the locked position shown in Figure 8. At this, = 430 will tend to hold the closed shuttle = please move to the locked position, close the tube assembly 2: the through side moves, causing the closing/opening of the tongue and the tube section 180 on the anvil 40 The closed side of the closed side is closed to the closed (clamped) position ^ 5 and the proximal end is touched to pivot the stone 〇 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 The closure trigger 302 can be provided with a releasable locking mechanism 301 adapted to engage the grip portion 342 and releasably retain the closure trigger 302 in the locked position. It is also possible to releasably hold the closure shuttle 400 in the locked position using other locking devices. 5. In the embodiment illustrated in Figures 8, 8A, 8B, and 9, the closure trigger 302 includes a flexible longitudinal arm 303 from which a lateral pin 305 extends. The arms 303 and pin 305 may, for example, be Made of molded plastic, the hand grip portion 342 of the handle assembly 300 includes an opening 350. The opening has a laterally extending wedge 352 therein. When the closure trigger 302 is retracted, the pin 305 engages the wedge 10 352 and the pin 305 is forced downward by the lower surface 354 of the wedge 352 (and even if the arm 303 is clockwise Directional rotation. When the pin 305 passes completely through the lower surface 354, the clockwise force on the arm 303 is removed, and the pin 305 is rotated in a counterclockwise direction to cause the pin 305 to rest in one of the recesses 356 behind the wedge 352 to lock and close. Trigger 302. Pin 305 is further retained in the locked position by a slidable stop 358 15 extending from wedge 352. To unlock the closure trigger 302, the operator can further pressure the closure trigger 302, causing the pin 305 to engage one of the openings 350 to tilt the rear wall 359, forcing the pin 305 up through the squeezing stop 358. The pin 305 can then freely exit one of the upper channels of the opening 360 such that the closure trigger 302 is no longer locked to the hand 20 gun grip portion 342. Further details of this configuration can be found in the application of the certificate of January 31, 2006, to Shelton, IV et al., entitled "Surgical Instrument Having A Removable Battery", US Patent Application Serial No. ll/344,020 The relevant portions of this patent application are incorporated herein by reference. Other release lock configurations are also available. 23 eth96425 - Finishing 200808254 In various embodiments of the present invention, the tool assembly 30 can have a generally rigid piston rod portion 35 that is connected from 1 ===: the piston rod portion is a portion of the transmission member 500 that is The distal ridge segment 110 can fall 5 Γ::= contraction motion). In the embodiment shown in Figures 3, 4, 10, and 11, the cow 500 includes a two-stage pneumatically actuated cylinder assembly 501. 30 may include a one-piece assembly or it may be provided in multiple parts to facilitate 10 Γ ο including right. For example, as shown in FIGS. 1A and 11 , the arbor assembly 2 / pin 32 , the cap 34 , the intermediate pin 36 , and the knife 38 The far end of the stem is the hole 33 of one of the projections 37. The Qiu class m force is stored in the hole 33 and/or by the adhesive agent, the splicing i 15 two r: near = 2 = body XI yi zh, the long pass into the brother of a rolling cylinder housing 510 two channels / 16 a first open distal end, including a first rolling cylinder housing 520, the second cylinder housing having a 20, a closed proximal end 522 having a first piston head 528 formed at 1 'the younger brother- The piston head is driven by a second, cylinder housing 51 with respect to the first axial direction. The first wall 511 produces a proximal nip 515 that is substantially distal to the first piston head 528. The first far side 4 of the first cylinder housing 510 has an inwardly extending first flange 517 formed thereon, the first eth96425-finished 24 200808254 flange for sliding tightly with the second cylinder housing 52 The seal defines a second cylinder region 518 between the proximal side of the first gas scorpion flange 517 and the first living head on the surface of the first bulge. The live base is like _, and the 527 passes through the first piston 5 528. 10 and η, the proximal end of the movable base rod 35 extends through the second cylinder housing end 524 into the second axial passage. The 3 ί type is attached to the proximal end of the piston rod 35. The second piston head 530 =: the two axial passages 526 are sized to create a substantially airtight sliding seal with the second cylinder housing-wall 521 to define a second rainbow zone 532. The second distal end of the second gas red housing 52 is more like an inwardly extending second flange 525 for: the base cup 35 is established - substantially hermetic sliding seal to be in the second A fourth cylinder region 534 is defined between the proximal side of the flange μ and the distal side of the second piston head 530. 15 20 As shown in Figures 3 and 4, the cylinder assembly 5〇1 is mounted within the distal spine section ο. In various embodiments, a pair of trunnions 519 are provided at the proximal end of the first cylinder housing 51〇. The trunnion 519 is received within the trunnion aperture ιι 9 of the distal spine u〇 to enable the cylinder assembly 501 to pivot about a pivot axis within the distal spine segment 。i 。. See Figure 3. First The gas supply line or the air supply duct = 0 extends from one of the handle assembly 3's directional control valves 61 (Figs. 8 and 9) to the first proximal end 512 of the first cylinder housing 51. The side closure section 190 is configured to supply pressurized gas through the first cylinder housing 5 to the first first gas inlet 512 or the first gas supply port 513 or opening. See Figures (3) and n. In addition, a first gas supply line 542 extends from the directional control valve 61 0 through the proximal closed official section 1 90 and is near the distal end 5 of the first cylinder housing 5 25 25 eth96425 - complete ίο 15 20 200808254 = connected ^ first cylinder The casing is controlled to pass the pressurized gas into the cylinder area 518 via the second port 529. Referring to Figure 8-n, the elongation and retraction of the firing mechanism or the tool assembly 3 will be described in detail. 8 and 9, the gas supply line 5, the directional valve (4), which is mounted in the handle housing as part of the system 600. In various embodiments, the valve may be hunted by - The switch housing 612 or button can be used to switch between the forward (elongation) and reverse (retraction) positions by means of a selector switch 612 or button. See Figure 1. In the embodiment shown in Figures 8 and 9. A removable pressurized gas source 620 is used. As will be described in more detail below, 'such a pressurized gas source includes a gas cylinder 622 that may be refilled with a preferred pressurized gas. However, those skilled in the art will It is understood that a non-replaceable/re-inflatable pressurized gas source (a gas cylinder) can also be utilized effectively. In still other embodiments, the handle assembly 3 can be provided for supply from an external pressurized gas source 618. For example, the pressurized gas port 616 can be coupled to the compressed air supply 618 in the facility through a flexible gas supply line 6丨7. See Figure 8B. The removal will be described in more detail below. / Unique renewed view of the refillable gas cylinder 622. However, in order to explain the piston rod 35 and the tool assembly 3〇 Elongation and retraction 'It can be seen from the figure that pressurized gas flows from the gas cylinder 622 (or external pressure source 6 8 ) through the gas supply line 65 5 into a variable force driver that may include a conventional proportional valve 660. And specifically shown in 55, the proportional valve 660 is coupled to a gas supply link 662 attached to a start trigger 67. In the present specification, ', the variable force drive assembly" includes at least a proportional valve 66〇 and The trigger 670 and its corresponding equivalent structure are activated. In various embodiments, the trigger 67 〇 26 eth96425 - finished 200808254 f is supported near the firing trigger 31Q 'the firing trigger by means - on the right side a component 320 and the left machine A pivot pin extending between the shell members 33 is pivotally mounted to the handle assembly 300. Opening the trigger 67 〇 inwardly to the firing trigger 3 10 会 pressure causes the proportional valve 66 〇 to increase the flow of pressurized gas from the gas cylinder 5 622 into a supply line 68 耦 coupled to the directional valve 61 〇 rate. Depending on the position of the directional valve 6H), pressurized gas may flow into the supply line 54A or 542. For example, when the directional valve 6 is actuated by the clinician to fire the tool assembly 30, the pressurized gas is allowed to pass the first of the first piston heads 528 through the supply line 540 after the start trigger 67 is actuated. The opening 527 enters the first cylinder region 515 and flows into the third cylinder region 532. As the pressurized emulsion enters the third red valley 532, the second piston head 53 urges the piston rod % distally. The gas located in the fourth cylinder chamber is discharged through the exhaust port 523 of the second cylinder housing 520. Similarly, the gas contained in the second cylinder region 518 is permitted to be discharged into the second gas supply line through the second opening 529. 15 The second gas supply line 542 sends the exhaust gas to the directional valve 010, and finally, the f is pulled out. . The continuous application of pressurized gas to the first cylinder region 515 and the f three cylinder region 532 causes the tool assembly 30 to extend completely through the terminal action: 12. The cutter assembly 3 is passed through the end effector 12, which cuts the final assembly into the medium-clamped tissue and fires the staples in the nails (which drive the staples into contact with the lower surface of the anvil 40) . Once the tool assembly 3 has been advanced to its most distal position within the end effector 12, the clinician releases the activation trigger 670 to interrupt the application of pressurized gas. To retract the firing mechanism or tool assembly 30, the clinician manually moves the selector switch 612 or the appropriate button to adjust the directional valve 61 成 to the retracted position ^ eth96425 - Finish 27 200808254 ίο 15 20 Start pressing the trigger 670, The pressurized gas flows into the second gas supply line 542: the gas flowing through the second gas supply line 542 enters the second cylinder area 518', causing the i-th cylinder housing 52 to be retracted proximally into the first cylinder housing . f The gas in the cylinder area 515 is allowed to be discharged into the first supply line 'β via the first supply port 513. The gas from the state of the first gas supply line is oriented to the valve 6U) and discharged therefrom. Once the pressurized gas entering the second cylinder region 518 has caused the second gas red housing 52 to be retracted into the first cylinder housing 5Η as shown in FIG. 1A, the gas passing through the second opening 529 can pass the first The exhaust port 523 of the cylinder double body 510 flows into the fourth cylinder region. = the pressurized gas enters the fourth cylinder section 534' and the second piston head 53 〇 pulls the live soil = 5 into the second cylinder housing 52 往 proximally. The third cylinder section says that the gas enters the first cylinder zone 515 through the first opening 527 and is discharged from the cylinder-in-cylinder zone in the manner described above. In each of the examples in this month, a variable force actuator in the form of a proportional valve 66〇 is used to move the proportional valve 660 to the actuating position with a magazine or other biasing device (not shown). When in the unactuated position, the proportional valve 660 〇, , , ^ constitutes to prevent any gas from flowing from the gas source 620 or 618 through the valve 66 bore (not shown). Therefore, when the drive trigger 670 is in the inactive position, the device is essentially in a closed state. In the embodiment, the 'proportion wide 660 can be lightly connected to the start trigger _ by the air supply link arm 662 1 , so that when the clinician starts the trigger 67 挤压, the link arm (6) leads to The ratio 阙 _ (four) f rate increases through the valve 66G. Therefore, the quick squeezing start trigger increases the firing rate of the device and slows down the squeezing start trigger. eth96425-End 2008 28 200808254 The rate of 670 slows down the firing rate. Thus, the gas flow rate allowed to pass through the proportional valve 660 is substantially proportional to the manual force applied to the activation trigger 670. In other embodiments, the proportional valve 660 can be electronically controlled such that after the trigger is actuated, the ratio is 660 Digitally discharge gas. The proportional valve 660 releases a small amount of gas in a pulsed manner, and the trigger 67 is activated by a larger force, and the closer the pulse interval is. This configuration is used to selectively adjust the volume of gas used to actuate the device. Also, in still other embodiments, the drive mechanism can include a different type of mechanism that is not pivotally supported relative to the handle assembly as the activation trigger 67. For example, the trigger can be activated by a magazine drive slide switch or the like. Accordingly, the protection provided to these embodiments of the invention should not be limited to the use of a pivoting drive trigger embodiment. Further, in each of the embodiments, a pressure gauge 541 can be lightly coupled to the gas supply line 540 as shown in Figs. 8 and 8a. A window 543 can be provided through the handle assembly, a corresponding portion, to enable the clinician to view the dynamometer 541, or other configurations can be used to allow the clinician to be in use 541. See Figure 7. In the case of 夂 夂 丨丄 丨丄 丨丄 韦 韦 韦 韦 , , , , , , , , , , , , , 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 ^, In the back of the powers encountered by the company, it is necessary to activate some of the non-limiting examples of the firing mechanism. If this is also the force directly in the gas red assembly within 5 〇 1 can be activated. The other side is: fruit: move = force required to shake the milk cylinder assembly 501 eth96425 - finish 29 200808254 = ^ will have to release more gas into the cylinder assembly 5Gl fully actuated the firing mechanism. The pressure gauge is used to provide a proportional reading of the force the end effector is experiencing. The wooden business division is in the second of his road. This towering exit permit was released by the 詈 詈 540.闵 挪 挪 , , , , , , , , 汴 汴 汴 〆 〆 〆 〆 〆 〆 〆 “ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续 后续

Si::關聯:故_為臨床醫師提供二^ 回饋。所絰文及取終擊發機構所經受之擊發力的聲音 發=之7^士=列亦可具備用以在擊發機構已抵達擊 圖之末㈣自動通知臨床醫師的器件。舉例來說,如 谓測-二—限制_ 546可提供在遠側脊段11G内用以 啟動構件=^埋人或經其他方式附接於擊發桿35之 發機構抵達擊二:件54山7f定位致使當擊發桿35和擊 546偵測到仃壬之末端時,啟動構件547被限制開關 該閥傳二^限制開關可電耦合於定向控制閥610以對 〆閱傳迗—適當信號。 ^ 可建構為自動地切換至回之$ 控制閥61 〇 此外,限❸w 許可擊發機構被縮回。 之指示:: -聲音信號、一視;;:是床醫師提供 指出擊發機構已抵達擊發:;:二,號之-組合, 件可包括—聲音產生農=:末鳊。舉例來說,指示構 ^ 兔光一極體、振動產生裝置、 eth96425·完稱 30 200808254 ==物'或此等裝置之—組合。限制開關及相關控制組 :可由—被支承在殼體總成繼内之電池(圖中未示)供 者其可得到來自—外界電源之電力供應。因此,本 二二非/艮制性貫施例可具備—用以向臨床醫師提供一視 :或耸音信號指出擊發機構已抵達擊發行程之末端的 =及/或-用以將擊發機構以氣力自動縮回至未作動位 置的器件。 ίο 15 20 女口圖4、10及u所示,—鎖定突出部39可形成於活塞 :署之/部上。當刀具總成30如圖4所示處於完全縮回 動之臂118對氣缸總成501之遠端施加一偏 側脊段utr缸總成501藉由耳轴519可極轉地安裝在遠 ,2 ,軋缸總成501之遠端在遠側脊段110内向 +样、^更進—步導致活塞桿35上之鎖^突出部39掉入 tur鎖定開口21内。此配置用來藉由鎖定突出 ^且油成、定鎖定開口之長槽道2G部分的摩擦接合使 出ϋ呈Γ 回縮位置。如圖10和11所示,鎖定突 出:易^隹側斜Φ价和一遠側斜面39,,以讓鎖定突 之精神及範圍。〃 π桿鎖定配置而不脫離本發明 包括圖=例示本發明之另一實施例,其中傳動構件500 5〇1相似,差昱之声*巩缸、、、心成之構造與耵述氣缸總成 中,利用^ 文說明。舉例來說,在本實施例 弹更850、852縮回活塞桿35。如圖12和13所 eth96425-完稹 31 200808254 不二氣缸總成800包含-第—殼體81〇,該第一殼體具有 第封閉知812及一穿透的第一供氣埠813。一第一供 氣、泉路840附接於第一封閉端812以供應加屢氣體通過第 -:氣埠813。在此實施例中,第一氣缸殼體81〇沒有關 5於雨述各實施例提及之第二開口 529。_第二氣缸殼體82〇 可滑動地―收納在第-氣缸殼體81〇内且有一第二封閉近端 822 第一活基頭828形成於該第二封閉近端上。一第一 氣缸區=15界定於第一封閉端812與第一活塞頭828之 間#第回縮彈黃850提供在第一活塞頭828與一形成 1〇於氣缸殼體810遠端上之第一凸緣817之間。第一回 縮弹黃850用來如圖12所示將第二氣缸殼體82〇偏動至第 了氣缸8/0中之回縮位置。活塞桿35具有一經訂定大小用 、,入第—氣缸成體82G《第二遠端824的階梯狀端35,。 一第二凸緣825形成於第二遠端824上以與活塞桿%之階 15梯狀部>35,產生一大致侧面密封。—第二活塞頭83〇提 供在階梯狀活塞桿區段35,之近端上以在第二活塞頭㈣ 與第一活塞頭828之間界定一第三氣缸區832。一第一開 口 8"27穿透第一活塞頭828以讓空氣能在第一氣缸區815 與弟二氣缸區832之間通行。—第二回縮彈簧㈣如圖12 2〇所示提供在第二凸緣825與第二活塞頭83〇之間以將第二 活塞頭830和階梯狀活塞桿35,如圖12所示偏動至第二氣 缸殼體820内之完全縮回位置。 ;; 本發明此實施例可依下述方式操#。如目16所示,把 手總成300如前所述具備—可替換加壓氣體源62〇。但熟 eth96425-完楳 32 ίο 15 20 刀具總成30已推進至其在終端作用器12内之最遠側位 置’ e品床醫師放開啟動扳機670以中斷加壓氣體之施加。 要縮回擊發機構或刀具總成3〇時,臨床醫師將定向間 選擇開關612移到倒轉(回縮)位置,其中第一供氣線路 200808254 習此技藝者會理解到亦可有效扯蛋 運用不可#換的加I氣體 源(貞了乳瓶)。在更其他實施例中,把手總成3〇〇可亘備一 控制間61〇及相關組㈣^ 源618的埠口 616。參見圖16八。舉例來說,器具料透 過一可撓供氣線路617_接於設施_之壓縮空氣線路。 要操作此器具時,臨床醫師將定向控制閥選擇開關612 (圖υ或按鈕移到前進(伸長)位置且開始擠壓啟動扳 機670,許可加壓氣體從貯氣瓶622 (或外界氣源Μ”通 過供氣線路680通過定向控制閥61〇流入供氣線路84〇 内三加壓氣體從第一供氣線路84〇通過第一供氣埠813流 入第一氣缸區815,通過第一開口 827流入第三氣缸區 =2。進入第三氣缸區832的氣體導致第二活塞頭及活 基杯35之階梯狀部分35,往遠側移動。在第二活塞頭 已移到一完全伸長位置(圖13)後,持續進入第一氣缸區 8的氣體將第二殼體820偏動至其完全伸長位置。一旦 840被連接到定向閥61〇之一排氣口。第三氣紅區及 第一氣缸區815内之氣體被允許經由第一供氣線路813排 入供氣線路840内且最終透過定向閥610排出。隨著氣體 離開第三氣缸區832,第二回縮彈簧852使活塞桿35之階 梯狀部分35’縮入第二氣缸殼體820内。同樣的,隨著氣 eth96425-完槔 33 200808254 體第二縮彈簧850使第二“殼 同樣在此實施例中’一壓力計54丨可 J又固彳口 ΙβΑ所 5 10 15 20 =體麵合於供氣線路請,該壓力計可如前文所述發揮 乍且用來向臨床醫師提供終端作用器正在遭受 成比例讀數。在其他實施例中,一聲音出口 545二如 在供氣線路840中,該聲音出口可如前文所述作 用來向喊醫師提供—用以監測傳㈣統5 二::擊發機構所經受之擊發力的聲音回饋機構。在其二 :將一限制開關546 (圖15) μ供在遠側 又0内用以偵測一埋入擊發桿35内之啟動構件547 (圖12和13),藉此自動地控制定向開關6ι〇且 指出擊發機構已抵達擊發行程末端的視覺及/或聲音信號。 5二Γ—21Α例蝴㈣之更另一實施例,其中傳動構件 匕括一波紋官總成900。波紋管總成9〇〇可有一附接於 刀杯總成30之遠側部分3丨的遠端9〇2。遠端 出部904形成於其上,該突出邻 乂 发大出邛經歼疋大小用以收納在部 = 3^=33中。突出部9〇4可為藉由摩擦力收納在孔 内且/或精由黏著劑、炫接或類似方式固持。遠側部分 31可如前文所述建構。 波紋官總成900更包含一可擴張人縮回波紋管部分 91〇’此部分經訂定大小用以在如圖18所示之遠側脊段中 —波紋管通道117内伸長及縮回。波紋管部分910可如圖 2 0所不用金屬絲約束環9 i2形成且附接於一基座部分 eth96425-完搞 34 200808254 5 10 914’該基座部分不可動地附接於遠側脊段11〇或包括遠側 脊段11G之—體部分。基座914可藉由黏著劑、螺針或類 似物附接於遠側脊段11G。—供氣埠916穿過波紋管基座 914且一供氣線路940附接於供氣槔916。供氣線路940 亦搞接於把手總成300中之定向控制間61〇。參見圖Μ、 21A疋向控制閥610亦透過一真空線路922與一安裝在 把手總成300中之真空璋92〇連通。真空埠92〇舉例㈣ 可藉由一可撓線路632附接於一真空源63〇。該真空源可 為設施中之-永久真空供應線路。一可撓真空線路M2可 從埠920連接到真空源630以讓臨床醫師能夠自由操縱該 此器具可具備前文所述閉合管總成17〇及閉合扳機31〇 配置。因此,組織可依前文所述方式被夾緊在終端作用器 12中。在組織已被夾緊於終端作用器12内後,臨床醫師 可=下所述擊舍δ亥為具。臨床醫師將用於定向控制間㈣ 之選擇開關612 (圖1)或按紐移到前進(伸長)位置且開 始擠壓啟動扳機670。隨著啟動扳機67〇被擠壓,比例閥 _許可加壓氣體從壓力源⑽(圖21)或618 (圖2ια) 流到定向控制閥61〇。定向控制閥61〇許可加壓氣體通過 供軋線路940流入波紋管91〇導致該波紋管往遠側延伸。 隨著波紋管910往遠側延伸,其驅使刀具總成川通過終端 作用器12切斷終端作用器夾住的組織’且驅使釘匣咒内 之肘釘70與砧40之底部表面發生成形接觸。在刀具總成 3〇已被帶動到其在終端作用器12中之最遠側位置後,臨 eth96425·完掩 35 200808254 床醫師放開啟動扳機670。要縮回刀具總成3〇時,臨床醫 師將用於定向控制閥610之選擇開關612移到回縮位置藉 以許可真空源630耦接於供氣線路940。真空施加於供氣 線路940會導致波紋管910縮回圖18所示其回縮位置。在 5波紋官910已完全縮回後,臨床醫師可將選擇開關612或 按紐移到一使定向控制閥停止向供氣線路940施加真空的 位置。但供氣線路940内之殘餘真空可用來將波紋管:1〇 保持在回縮位置。 在圖21所示實施例中,使用一可移除的加壓氣體源 10 620。如下文所將詳述,此加壓氣體源包括一可能是可再充 氣的貯氣瓶622。然熟習此技藝者會理解到亦可有效地運 用不可替換/可再充填加壓氣體或加壓流體源(貯氣瓶)。 在其他實施例中,把手總成300可具備一用於向一外界加 壓氣體源供應加壓氣體的璋口 616。舉例來說,器具1〇可 15透過一可撓供氣線路617耦接於設施之壓縮空氣線路。夂 見圖21A。 少 一同樣在此實施例中,一壓力計541可如圖21和ΜΑ所 不流體耦合於供氣線路94〇,該壓力計可如前文所述發揮 作用且用來向臨床醫師提供終端作用器正在遭受之力^的 2〇成比例頃數。在其他實施例中,一聲音出口 可如圖2 JR 所示提供在供氣線路94〇中,該聲音出口可如前文所述作 用^用來向臨床醫師提供一用以監測傳動系統5〇〇所經受 及最二}發機構所經受之擊發力的聲音回饋機才冓。在其他 替代貫施例中,可將—限制開關546 (圖18)提供在遠側 eth96425-完稹 36 200808254 脊段110内用以偵測—油其 (圖則,藉此自動地押制定900上之啟動構件犯, 發機構或刀具總成3。已抵提供指出擊 音信號。 I仃私末鈿的視覺及/或聲 5 10 15 圖22-27例示—使用前述實施例之 的無活節抛棄切端作用器12。 4寸新朴貝 可採用終端作用器12及前圖^ ’此實施例 在太每妒合丨士 μ 序处之任何傳動構件500。但 ^本貝域中,終端作用器12可為抛棄式 軸桿總成1010,該遠側軸捏她士 π ―丄 关於遂側 之猸拉報成可糟由一整體標示為10⑼ ^獨特新祕拆式接頭可卸地純於—近側 咖。-旦終端作用器12已被使用,終端作用=及盆 側軸桿總成刪可卸離近側軸桿總:刪: 可丟棄。然後可將—連同自有遠側軸桿總成刪 乱配置合為一套的新無菌終端作用器12附接於近側 軸,總成聊以完成另—外科程序。如下文所將詳述,遠 貝^軸桿總成1010包含一遠側脊段ιπο及一遠側閉合管區 4又11 80近側轴才干總成1020包含一近側脊段11 $〇、一 ^Si:: Association: Therefore _ provides feedback to the clinician. The sound of the force and the sounding force experienced by the final firing mechanism can also be used to automatically notify the clinician at the end of the firing of the firing mechanism (4). For example, if the test-two-limit_546 can be provided in the distal spine segment 11G to activate the member = ^ buried or otherwise attached to the firing bar 35 to reach the hit two: piece 54 mountain The 7f positioning causes the activation member 547 to be restricted when the firing bar 35 and the firing 546 detect the end of the cymbal. The valve is operatively coupled to the directional control valve 610 to illuminate the appropriate signal. ^ Can be constructed to automatically switch back to $ control valve 61 〇 In addition, the limit ❸ w permits the firing mechanism to be retracted. Instructions: - Sound signal, one view;;: Provided by the bed doctor Indicates that the firing mechanism has arrived at the firing:;: Two, the number of the combination, the pieces may include - the sound produces the farm =: end. For example, a combination of a light-emitting body, a vibration generating device, an eth96425, a full-length 30 200808254 == thing, or such a device. Restriction switch and associated control group: A battery (not shown) supported by the housing assembly can be supplied with power from an external source. Thus, the second or second non-controlling embodiment may be provided to provide the clinician with a view: or a trumpet signal indicating that the firing mechanism has reached the end of the firing stroke = and/or - for use in the firing mechanism The pneumatic force is automatically retracted to the device in the unactuated position. Ίο 15 20 Female mouth shown in Figures 4, 10 and u, the locking projection 39 can be formed on the piston: the department/part. When the tool assembly 30 is in the fully retracted arm 118 as shown in FIG. 4, a side ridge section UTR cylinder assembly 501 is applied to the distal end of the cylinder assembly 501. The trunnion 519 can be installed in a far-reaching manner. 2, the distal end of the cylinder assembly 501 is further advanced in the distal ridge section 110, causing the lock projections 39 on the piston rod 35 to fall into the tur lock opening 21. This configuration is used to bring the ϋ out of the retracted position by the frictional engagement of the locking portion and the long groove 2G portion of the oil-forming, locking opening. As shown in Figures 10 and 11, the locking projections are: 易 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜 斜π π-bar locking arrangement without departing from the invention includes a diagram exemplifying another embodiment of the invention in which the transmission member 500 5〇1 is similar, the sound of the sound, the structure of the heart cylinder, and the configuration of the cylinder Chengzhong, use ^ text to explain. For example, in the present embodiment, the piston rod 35 is retracted by 850, 852. As shown in Figures 12 and 13 eth96425 - 稹 31 200808254 The second cylinder assembly 800 includes a - first housing 81 〇, the first housing having a first closing 812 and a penetrating first air supply 埠 813. A first air supply, spring path 840 is attached to the first closed end 812 to supply the additive gas through the first:: gas 埠 813. In this embodiment, the first cylinder housing 81 is not closed to the second opening 529 mentioned in the various embodiments. The second cylinder housing 82 is slidably received within the first cylinder housing 81 and has a second closed proximal end 822 formed on the second closed proximal end. A first cylinder region = 15 is defined between the first closed end 812 and the first piston head 828. The first retractable spring 850 is provided on the first piston head 828 and is formed on the distal end of the cylinder housing 810. Between the first flanges 817. The first retracting spring 850 is used to bias the second cylinder housing 82 to the retracted position in the first cylinder 8/0 as shown in FIG. The piston rod 35 has a predetermined size for entering the stepped end 35 of the second end portion 824 of the first cylinder formation 82G. A second flange 825 is formed on the second distal end 824 to create a substantially side seal with the piston rod % step 15 > - A second piston head 83 is provided on the proximal end of the stepped piston rod section 35 to define a third cylinder zone 832 between the second piston head (4) and the first piston head 828. A first opening 8" 27 penetrates the first piston head 828 to allow air to pass between the first cylinder region 815 and the second cylinder region 832. - a second retracting spring (four) is provided between the second flange 825 and the second piston head 83A as shown in Fig. 12 2 to bias the second piston head 830 and the stepped piston rod 35, as shown in Fig. 12. Move to the fully retracted position within the second cylinder housing 820. This embodiment of the present invention can be operated in the following manner. As shown in Figure 16, the handle assembly 300 is provided as previously described - a replaceable pressurized gas source 62A. However, the cooked eth96425-end 32 ίο 15 20 tool assembly 30 has been advanced to its most distal position within the end effector 12. The e-bed physician releases the activation trigger 670 to interrupt the application of pressurized gas. To retract the firing mechanism or tool assembly 3, the clinician moves the orientation selector switch 612 to the reverse (retracted) position, wherein the first gas supply line 200808254 will understand that the technique can also be used effectively. Can not change the I gas source (when the baby bottle is smashed). In still other embodiments, the handle assembly 3 can be provided with a control compartment 61 and a corresponding group (four) source 618. See Figure 16 eight. For example, the appliance material is passed through a flexible supply line 617_ to the compressed air line of the facility. To operate the appliance, the clinician will orient the control valve selector switch 612 (Fig. or button to the advance (elongate) position and begin to squeeze the trigger 670, permitting pressurized gas from the gas cylinder 622 (or external source Μ The third pressurized gas flows from the first gas supply line 84 through the first gas supply port 813 into the first cylinder region 815 through the gas supply line 680 through the directional control valve 61 and flows into the gas supply line 84, through the first opening 827. Flowing into the third cylinder zone = 2. The gas entering the third cylinder zone 832 causes the second piston head and the stepped portion 35 of the base cup 35 to move distally. The second piston head has moved to a fully extended position ( After Figure 13), the gas continuing into the first cylinder zone 8 biases the second housing 820 to its fully extended position. Once 840 is connected to one of the directional valves 61, the third venting zone and the third The gas in a cylinder region 815 is allowed to be discharged into the gas supply line 840 via the first gas supply line 813 and finally discharged through the directional valve 610. As the gas leaves the third cylinder region 832, the second retraction spring 852 causes the piston rod The stepped portion 35' of 35 is retracted into the second cylinder casing In the same way, with the gas eth96425-complete 槔33 200808254 body second shrink spring 850 makes the second "shell also in this embodiment" a pressure gauge 54 丨 J and solid 彳 Α β Α 5 10 15 20 = Defaced to the gas supply line, the pressure gauge can be used as described above and used to provide the clinician with the end effector being subjected to a proportional reading. In other embodiments, an acoustic outlet 545 is as supplied In line 840, the sound outlet can be provided to the shouting physician as previously described - to monitor the sound feedback mechanism of the firing force experienced by the firing mechanism. In the second: a limit switch 546 ( Figure 15) μ is provided on the distal side and within 0 to detect an activation member 547 (Figs. 12 and 13) embedded in the firing bar 35, thereby automatically controlling the directional switch 6ι and indicating that the firing mechanism has reached the firing stroke A visual and/or audible signal at the end. Further, in another embodiment, the transmission member includes a corrugated official assembly 900. The bellows assembly 9 can be attached to the knife cup. The distal end of the distal portion of the assembly 30 is 3〇2. The protrusion 904 is formed thereon, and the protruding orbiting hair is larger than the size of the sputum for accommodating in the portion = 3^=33. The protruding portion 9〇4 may be received in the hole by friction and/or The fine portion 31 can be constructed as described above. The distal portion 31 can also be constructed as described above. The corrugated official assembly 900 further includes an expandable person retracting the bellows portion 91 〇 'this portion is sized for use The bellows passage 117 is elongated and retracted in the distal ridge segment as shown in Fig. 18. The bellows portion 910 can be formed as shown in Fig. 20 without the wire restraining ring 9 i2 and attached to a base portion eth96425 - Finish 34 200808254 5 10 914 'The base portion is immovably attached to the distal ridge segment 11 〇 or includes the body portion of the distal ridge segment 11G. The base 914 can be attached to the distal spine section 11G by an adhesive, a screw or the like. The air supply port 916 passes through the bellows base 914 and a gas supply line 940 is attached to the air supply port 916. The gas supply line 940 is also connected to the orientation control room 61 in the handle assembly 300. Referring to Figure 21, the 21A directional control valve 610 is also in communication with a vacuum port 92 安装 mounted in the handle assembly 300 via a vacuum line 922. The vacuum 埠 92 〇 example (4) can be attached to a vacuum source 63 藉 by a flexible line 632. This vacuum source can be a permanent vacuum supply line in the facility. A flexible vacuum line M2 can be coupled from the crucible 920 to the vacuum source 630 to allow the clinician to freely manipulate the appliance. It can be configured with the closure tube assembly 17〇 and the closure trigger 31〇 described above. Thus, the tissue can be clamped in the end effector 12 in the manner previously described. After the tissue has been clamped into the terminal effector 12, the clinician can = slap the slap. The clinician moves the selector switch 612 (Fig. 1) or button for the orientation control room (4) to the advance (elongation) position and begins the squeezing start trigger 670. As the start trigger 67 is squeezed, the proportional valve _ permits pressurized gas to flow from the pressure source (10) (Fig. 21) or 618 (Fig. 2) to the directional control valve 61. The directional control valve 61 allows the pressurized gas to flow through the supply line 940 into the bellows 91, causing the bellows to extend distally. As the bellows 910 extends distally, it drives the cutter assembly through the end effector 12 to sever the tissue clamped by the end effector' and drives the staples 70 within the nail curse into forming contact with the bottom surface of the anvil 40. After the tool assembly 3〇 has been brought to its farthest position in the end effector 12, the eth96425 is completed. 200808254 The bed physician releases the start trigger 670. To retract the tool assembly 3, the clinician moves the selector switch 612 for the directional control valve 610 to the retracted position to permit the vacuum source 630 to be coupled to the gas supply line 940. Applying a vacuum to the supply line 940 causes the bellows 910 to retract to its retracted position as shown in FIG. After the 5 corrugated officer 910 has been fully retracted, the clinician can move the selector switch 612 or button to a position that causes the directional control valve to stop applying vacuum to the supply line 940. However, the residual vacuum in the gas supply line 940 can be used to maintain the bellows: 1 在 in the retracted position. In the embodiment shown in Figure 21, a removable source of pressurized gas 10 620 is used. As will be described in more detail below, the pressurized gas source includes a gas cylinder 622 which may be refillable. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that an irreplaceable/refillable pressurized gas or pressurized fluid source (a gas cylinder) can also be effectively utilized. In other embodiments, the handle assembly 300 can be provided with a port 616 for supplying pressurized gas to an externally pressurized gas source. For example, the appliance 1 can be coupled to the compressed air line of the facility through a flexible air supply line 617.夂 See Figure 21A. In the same embodiment, a pressure gauge 541 can be fluidly coupled to the gas supply line 94A as shown in Figures 21 and 〇. The pressure gauge can function as described above and is used to provide the clinician with an end effector. The ratio of the 2 〇 of the force ^ is proportional. In other embodiments, an audible outlet can be provided in the air supply line 94 as shown in FIG. 2 JR, and the sound outlet can be used to provide a clinician with a function to monitor the transmission system 5 as described above. The sound feedback machine that has withstood the firing force experienced by the second-most mechanism is only awkward. In other alternative embodiments, the limit switch 546 (Fig. 18) can be provided in the distal eth96425-end 36 200808254 ridge segment 110 for detecting - oil (the plan, thereby automatically setting the 900 The starting component commits, the hair mechanism or the tool assembly 3. The sound signal is provided to indicate the sound. I 仃 仃 钿 5 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 5 5 10 10 10 10 图 10 — — — — — — — The abandonment end effector 12 is removed. The 4-inch new Pubei can use the end effector 12 and the front diagram of the present invention. Any of the transmission members 500 in the order of each of the monks is used. The actuator 12 can be a disposable shaft assembly 1010, the distal shaft pinching her π ― 丄 about the 遂 side of the 猸 pull report into a bad can be marked by a whole 10 (9) ^ unique new secret joints detachable pure In the near-side coffee. Once the end effector 12 has been used, the terminal action = and the basin side shaft assembly can be removed from the proximal shaft total: delete: can be discarded. Then can be - together with its own distal The shaft assembly is detached and the new sterile end effector 12 is attached to the proximal shaft, and the assembly is completed to complete another The procedure is as follows. As will be described in detail below, the distal shaft assembly 1010 includes a distal ridge segment ιπο and a distal closure tube region 4 and 117 proximal shaft assembly 1020 including a proximal ridge segment 11 $ 〇, one ^

側閉合管區段1190及一釋放套筒1200。 I 遠側脊段1110與近側脊段1150合作形成一脊總成 20 ^30。在此實施例中,遠側脊段111〇可與前文所述遠側脊 段110大致相同,差別在於各自的近端不同。同樣的,近 側脊段1150可與前文所述近側脊段130大致相同,差別在 於其遠端不同以讓遠側脊段111 〇和近側脊段n 5〇能夠非 樞轉地耦合在一起。又,在此實施例中,遠側閉合管區段 eth96425-完搞 37 200808254 =0可與前文所述遠側閉合管區段⑽大致相同,差別在 於:、近端不同。同樣的,近側閉合管區段ιΐ9〇可與前文所 = :區段190大致相同’差別在於其遠端不同以 5 10 =側閉合㈣段118G和近侧閉合f區段謂非柩轉地 彼此附接。 如圖23所示’一鎖簧112安裝在遠側脊段1110内當作 活基桿35之_器件。遠側和近側方形孔uu、⑴3妒 成:遠側脊段1110之頂上以於其間界定一接收鎖簧 ,义上# U 6的夾桿1115 ’該鎖簧之往遠側延伸的下臂118 ::所述在氣缸總成之一遠端上施加一向下力。應理解到 口貫施例可包含其他類型之閉鎖器件或完全沒有閉鎖器 y 之近鳊Ul4有一遠側連接器部分1116 形成於其上。參見圖24和27。如岡私-土, 15邱八如圖24所不,适側連接器 σ刀 八有一耦接於第一供氣線路區段540,的第一遠 Τ供氣ί車1117。一第二遠側供氣埠112〇提供於遠側連接 益部分liy中且轉接於—第二供氣線路區段⑷,。如圖 23所不’第一供氣線路區段54〇,輕接於第一氣缸殼體ho 中之第-供氣埠513且第二供氣線路區段542,耗接 2〇殼體5H)遠端中之第二供氣淳⑵。一第一供氣喷嘴部分 1118如圖所示從第-遠側供氣埠1117依近側方向突出。 -第二供氣喷嘴部分1122從第:供氣埠n2G依近側 往外突出。 Π 相似地,近側脊段1150之遠端U52具有一第二連接器 eth96425- 38 200808254 部分1154’該第二連接器部分有 路區段540,,的第一近伽极a仏 步 1、乱、、汞 φ # , /、氣皐I156。第二連接器部分1154 、 、另 弟一供氣線路區段542,,的第二 近側t、矹埠1160。第一近側供氣璋ιΐ56經 内可移除地接收第一供氣喷 苒用—乂在/、 供氣埠1160經訂定大小用 Θ ) 弟—近側 j用以在其内可移除地接收第二供 氣貝嘴112 2。如圖2 4知ο π - 一 _ 口 4和27所不,一第一 〇環封1158盥 ίο 15 20 弟:近:供氣埠1156結合以在第一噴嘴1118插入第一; 側么、氣埠1156㈣在第—供氣線路區段540,與另一第一 ::=:f 540”之間形成-大致氣密(或液密)密封。 :=式麵接在一起時,第—供氣線路區段“Ο,和薄, 供氣線路540。同樣的,-第二0環封_ 二一、貝1 '、氣埠1160結合以在第二供氣喷嘴1122插入 ^1:側錢埠116G内時在第二供氣線路區段542,與另 弟—供氣線路區段549”少戸弓:丄、。 〜^ 仅)42之間形成另一大致氣密(或液 山山封田依该方式搞接在一起時,第二供氣線路區段 :42和542”形成一第二供氣線路542。熟習 =;=他可卸式柄合配置、快拆配置使第-供氣線 又 兵另一第一供氣線路區段540,,可移除地連接 錢第二供氣線路區段542,與另―第:供氣線路區^接 542、土可移除地連接而不麟本發明之精神及範圍。 # 連接器部分1116及近側連接器部分115 4可經建構 仟’、可以一種取向耦接在一起。舉例來說,如圖24 所示,遠側連接器部分1116可具備一適於與近側連接器部 eth96425-完槁 39 200808254 分1154之一凹口部分1155配合的另一凹口部分1 確保安裝期間第-噴嘴1118接合於第一近側 = 5 10 15 以二喷嘴m2接合於第二近側供氣璋116〇。此 新穎的附著配置防止第一噴嘴1118意外附接於第二: 供氣埠蘭及第二喷嘴1122意外附接於第—近脖 1156。可利用其他鍵類組態確保遠側連接器部分UK盥 側連接器部分1154以正確取向耦接。 亦如圖24和27所示,近側脊段115〇之遠端ιΐ52具 -往遠側突出的中空套筒部分117G。此中空套筒部分_ 經訂定大小用以在其内接收遠侧脊段111〇之近端ιιΐ4。 為將遠側脊段liio可釋地鎖定於近側脊段115〇,一對相 對的掣止構件1124形成於遠側脊段ln〇之近端η"上。 掣止1124被定位在經㈣或其他方式形成於遠側脊段 1110中之可撓舌片1126上,致使當遠側脊段⑴〇之近端 1114插入近側脊段1150之中空套筒部分ιΐ7〇且第一喷嘴 1118與第一近側供氣埠1156密封耦合且第二喷嘴Uni 第二近側供氣琿116G密封耦合時,f止構件㈣被收納 在中空套筒部分1170之對應開口 1172内。參見圖24和 27 〇 2〇 »以下參如圖24_27說明遠側閉合管區段11 80對近側閉 =s區& 1190之可釋附著。如這些圖式所示,遠側閉合管 區段1180之近端1182有至少二個插接型鎖定舌片1184 自其以一近側方向突出。每一鎖定舌片11討有一錐狀鎖定 楔1186形成於其上,該楔經訂定大小用时納於近側閉合 40 eth96425-完搞 200808254 管區段1190之對應鎖定開 口 1194中。當處於圖26和27The side closure tube section 1190 and a release sleeve 1200. The distal ridge segment 1110 cooperates with the proximal ridge segment 1150 to form a ridge assembly 20^30. In this embodiment, the distal spine segments 111 can be substantially identical to the distal spin segments 110 described above, with the difference that the respective proximal ends are different. Similarly, the proximal ridge segment 1150 can be substantially identical to the proximal ridge segment 130 described above, with the difference that the distal ends are different to allow the distal ridge segment 111 近 and the proximal ridge segment n 5 〇 to be non-pivotablely coupled together. Again, in this embodiment, the distal closure tube section eth96425 - complete 37 200808254 =0 can be substantially identical to the distal closure tube section (10) described above with the difference that the proximal end is different. Similarly, the proximal closed tube section ιΐ9〇 can be substantially the same as the previous section =: section 190 'the difference is that the distal end is different with 5 10 = side closure (four) segment 118G and the proximal closed f segment are said to be non-twisting each other Attached. As shown in Fig. 23, a lock spring 112 is mounted in the distal spine section 1110 as a means for the active base rod 35. The distal and proximal square holes uu, (1) 3 are formed on the top of the distal ridge segment 1110 to define a receiving lock spring therebetween, and the upper arm of the lock spring 1115 118: The said applies a downward force on one of the distal ends of the cylinder assembly. It should be understood that the mouthpiece embodiment may include other types of latching means or a proximal end Ul4 having no latcher y at all with a distal connector portion 1116 formed thereon. See Figures 24 and 27. For example, as shown in Fig. 24, the right side connector σ knife 八 has a first remote air supply unit 1117 coupled to the first air supply line section 540. A second distal supply port 112 is provided in the distal connection portion liy and is coupled to the second supply line segment (4). As shown in FIG. 23, the first air supply line section 54 is lightly connected to the first air supply port 513 and the second air supply line section 542 of the first cylinder housing ho, and the second casing 5H is consumed. The second gas supply enthalpy (2) in the distal end. A first air supply nozzle portion 1118 projects from the first-distal air supply port 1117 in the proximal direction as shown. - The second air supply nozzle portion 1122 protrudes outward from the first side of the air supply port n2G. Similarly, the distal end U52 of the proximal ridge segment 1150 has a second connector eth96425-38 200808254 portion 1154' the second connector portion has a road segment 540, the first near gamma a step 1, Chaos, mercury φ # , /, gas 皋 I156. The second connector portion 1154, the other second gas supply line section 542, has a second proximal side t, 矹埠 1160. The first proximal air supply port 接收 ΐ 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 接收 近 近 近 近 近 近 近 近 近 近 近 近 近 近 近 近 近 近 近 近 近The second air supply nozzle 112 2 is received in addition to the ground. As shown in Fig. 2, ο π - a _ mouth 4 and 27 do not, a first 〇 ring seal 1158 盥 ίο 15 20 brother: near: air supply 埠 1156 combined to insert the first nozzle 1118 first; The gas cylinder 1156 (four) forms a substantially airtight (or liquid-tight) seal between the first gas supply line section 540 and another first::=:f 540". := When the faces are joined together, the first The gas supply line section is "Ο, and thin, gas supply line 540. Similarly, the second 0 ring seal _ 21, the shell 1 ', the gas raft 1160 is combined to be inserted into the second gas supply line section 542 when the second gas supply nozzle 1122 is inserted into the second gas supply line section 542, and The other brother - the gas supply line section 549" less bow: 丄,. ~ ^ only) 42 forms another substantially airtight (or liquid mountain mountain closed field in this way when the second gas supply The line segments: 42 and 542" form a second gas supply line 542. Familiar =; = his detachable shank configuration, quick release configuration, the first supply line and another first gas supply line segment 540 Removably connecting the money second gas supply line section 542 to the other: the gas supply line area 542, the soil is removably connected without the spirit and scope of the present invention. 1116 and the proximal connector portion 115 4 can be constructed to be coupled together in an orientation. For example, as shown in Figure 24, the distal connector portion 1116 can be configured with a proximal connector portion. Eth96425-End 39 200808254 Another notch portion 1 of one of the notch portions 1155 of 1854 is ensured that the first nozzle 1118 is engaged with the first proximal side = 5 10 1 during installation 5 is joined to the second proximal air supply port 116 by a two nozzle m2. This novel attachment arrangement prevents the first nozzle 1118 from accidentally attaching to the second: the gas supply magnolia and the second nozzle 1122 are accidentally attached to the first Neck 1156. Other key type configurations can be utilized to ensure that the distal connector portion UK盥 side connector portion 1154 is coupled in the correct orientation. As also shown in Figures 24 and 27, the distal ridge segment 115 has a distal end ιΐ52- a hollow sleeve portion 117G projecting distally. The hollow sleeve portion _ is sized to receive the proximal end ιι 4 of the distal spine 111〇 therein. To releasably lock the distal spine The proximal ridge segment 115〇, a pair of opposing suffocating members 1124 are formed on the proximal end η" of the distal ridge segment ln〇. The stop 1124 is positioned in the distal ridge segment 1110 via (iv) or otherwise formed. The flexible tab 1126 is such that when the proximal end 1114 of the distal ridge segment (1) is inserted into the hollow sleeve portion ι 7 of the proximal ridge segment 1150 and the first nozzle 1118 is sealingly coupled to the first proximal air supply port 1156 and When the second nozzle uni second proximal air supply port 116G is sealingly coupled, the f stop member (four) is housed in the hollow sleeve portion 1 170 corresponds to the opening 1172. See Figures 24 and 27 〇2〇» The following reference to Figure 24_27 illustrates the release of the distal closure tube segment 810 to the proximal closure = s zone & 1190. As shown in these figures The proximal end 1182 of the distal closure tube segment 1180 has at least two plug-type locking tabs 1184 projecting therefrom in a proximal direction. Each locking tab 11 has a tapered locking wedge 1186 formed thereon. The wedge is sized to be used in the proximal closure 40 eth96425 - in the corresponding locking opening 1194 of the tube section 1190. When in Figures 26 and 27

管總成Π78在脊總成1〇3〇上依前 ^ 1178。此配置許可閉合 前文所述各種方式往近側 及往遠側移動以開啟及關閉終端作用器12上之砧4〇。 要將遠側轴桿總成1010附接於近側軸桿總成1〇2〇時, 使用者如圖24所示將遠側軸桿總成1〇1〇之近端ι〇ΐ2對準 近側軸桿總成1020之遠端1〇22然後將遠端1〇12插入近端 10 1022内。當掣止1124被收納到鎖定開〇 ιΐ72内且鎖定楔 1186被收納到開口 1194内時,遠侧軸桿總成ι〇ι〇被鎖定 至近側轴桿總成1020。石占40可因依前文所述方式抓住閉 合扳機310將該閉合扳機枢轉至把手總成3〇〇之握把部分 342致使閉合管總成1178往遠側移動而被關閉。刀桿% 15可因依前文所述方式作動啟動扳機67〇而被帶動。 為使遠側軸桿總成1010易於卸離近側軸桿總成1〇2〇, 多個實施例採用一釋放套筒配置。在這些實施例中,一釋 放套筒區段1200可滑動地套在近側脊段115〇上介於近側 脊段1150與近側閉合管區段119〇之間。在各實施例中, 20釋放套筒1200之近端可具備一釋放鈕12〇4,該釋放鈕穿 過近側閉合管區段1190之近端1195中之一對應槽孔 1196。參見圖22和31。此配置許可釋放套筒12〇〇在近側 脊段115 0上軸向地往遠側及近側移動而不妨礙近側閉合 管區段1190在脊總成1030上的軸向行進。 41 eth96425-完稹 5 10 15 20 200808254 钭切且圖έ-Ζ:月頒不出’釋放套筒1200之遠端1202往内 ::增向致使其鄰近近側閉合管區段ιΐ9〇令之二個内 二二疋開口1194。要使遠側軸桿總成1010釋離近側 移動干放時套^用者使釋放紐在槽孔1196内往遠側 冋200在遇側移動。隨著釋放套筒1200 = 接觸到鎖定楔1186,鎖定楔⑽往内移 其與近側閉合管區段u 9 〇中之鎖定開口⑽的接 ㈣^^^細依遠側方向的更進—步移動會導致釋放 、,^ 弟一斜切内緣12〇6接觸到鎖定掣止1124 w使α亥等鎖疋掣止往内偏動脫離其與近側脊段11中之 ::!172的接合,從而讓遠側轴桿總成1010能夠卸離近 側脊總成1020。 圖22_28所示實施例可有效地搭配前文所述氣缸總成 #使用。圖29和30所示實施例可有效地搭配前文所述 =缸總成800或波紋管總成9〇〇使用。如圖”和3〇所示, 遇側連接器部分1116僅有―埠口 !扇形成於其中輕接至 供氣線路區段940,。一第一供氣噴嘴13〇2如圖所示從第 —遠側供氣埠1300以近側方向突出。同樣的,連接器部分 1#154僅有一耦接於另一第一供氣線路區段9扣”的近側供 氣阜1306。近側供氣琿1306經建構用以在其内可移除地 收納第一供氣喷嘴1搬。如圖29和30所示,- 〇環封 13卯與近側供氣埠13〇6結合以在供氣噴嘴13〇2插入近側 供氣埠1306内時在第一供氣線路區段940,與另一第一供 氣線路區段940”之間形成一大致氣密(或液密)密封。當 42 eth96425-完犒 5 10 15 20 200808254 依該方式耦接在一扣士 ^ 接人带占_ — 之宁,弟一供氣線路區段940,和940,, 口 乂成一弟—供氣線路94〇。鈇 文所述方向向氣缸姆士 〇ΛΛ…、俊仏風、,泉路940可依刖 體。 ' 、〜成800或波紋管總成900供給加壓氣 2_圖::1示—替代可活節運動的外科切割及針合器具 π〇使用!文所述終端仙器12及閉合管總成 文所述A =活卽接頭總成2002。此實施例亦可使用前 含一脊二赤Γ H。-如圖33-35所示,接頭總成2002包 〇〇4,该脊總成包括一遠側脊段2010,有一樞 20= 從該遠側脊段之近端2〇12突出。插軸構件 成片2〇16自其突出。如圖%所示,氣缸總 成在耳軸519上可樞轉地安裝於遠側脊段2〇1〇内。 20^、=件2〇14被可枢轉地收納在一形成於近側脊段 遮知2032上的樞軸承窩2〇34内。樞軸構件2〇14能 自由地以樞軸線E _ E為中心相對於近侧脊構件2 〇 3 〇拖 。苓見圖36。如圖35所示,近側脊段2〇3〇之遠端2〇32 =一溝2036形成於其中用以容納第一供氣線路54〇之一部 刀相似地,一第二溝2038提供在近側脊段2〇3〇之遠端 2032中用以容納第二供氣線路542。供氣線路54〇、科2 繞過樞軸承窩2034進入遠側脊段2〇1〇之近端2〇12,其中 其以前文所述各種方式附接於氣缸總成5〇1。熟習此技藏 者會理解到可在中空近侧脊段2〇3〇内提供供氣線路54〇= 和542之足夠鬆弛量以讓遠側脊段2〇1〇能夠相對於近側脊 段2030以樞軸線E_E為中心自由樞轉。藉由使供氣線路 eth96425- 43 200808254 54〇、542分別支承於溝2036、2〇38中,這些供氣線 會干擾到閉合管總成170相對於脊總成2〇〇4之軸 ίο 15 20 亦如圖35所示,一第一錯直供氣通道2〇4〇經提供1梗 軸承离2034連通。相似地,一第二鉛直供氣通道2〇刈 如圖35所示經提供與樞軸承窩2〇34連通。一從安裴在把 手總成300内之一開關總成21〇〇伸出的第三供氣線’路把 2042與第-錯直供氣通道難連通,且—從開關總成扇 伸=的第四供氣線路2052與第二鉛直通道2〇5〇連通。要 組裝接頭總成2002時,將樞軸構件2〇14插入樞軸承窩 2034内且將一蓋2〇6〇如圖所示用螺釘2〇62或其他適當繫 結件,接於近側脊段2〇3〇。因此,從第三供氣線路 進入第一鉛直供氣通道2〇4〇的加壓氣體會導致遠側脊段 2010以樞軸線E_E為中心依、、ρ方向樞轉,且從第四供 ^線路2052進入第二鉛直供氣埠2〇5〇的加壓氣體會導致 逖側脊段2010相對於近側脊段2〇3〇以樞軸線E_E為中心 依、、方向樞轉。參見圖34。 >妝圖37-45,以下說明各實施例之開關總成2〗〇〇的 構造和操作。在各非限制性實施例中,開關總成包括 一内有一供氣埠2112的開關塊211〇。供氣埠2112耦接於 一供氣線路651用以從加壓氣體源62〇(圖44)或618 (圖 45 )接收加壓氣體。特定言之,一供氣線路1可從供氣 線路650延伸至埠口 2112。一開關腔2114提供於開關塊 2110中且經訂定大小用以在其内可樞轉地接收一選擇器 構件總成2130之一主體部分2150。一樞軸桿2151突出主 44 eth96425-完撝 200808254 體部分2150之底部外被可樞轉地安裝在開關塊2⑽之枢 軸孔2111中。參見圖39。此配置許可選擇器構件總成213〇 以開關軸線H-H為中心選擇性地轉動。參見圖38。一對〇 %封2152、2154或其他適當密封構件可如圖%和所示 5提供藉以在選擇器構件總成213〇之主體部分215〇與開關 塊2110之間建立一大致氣密密封。一短桿2156從主體吾; 分2150突出以接收一選擇器把手2158。選擇器把手η% 之旋轉導致主體部分2150在開關腔2114内轉動。如圖39 所示,供氣璋2U2與開關塊2110之一供氣通道以^連 10通,該供氣通道與一亦形成於開關塊211〇中之管集箱區 2118連通。 , 選擇器構件總成2130之主體部分215〇有一與管集箱區 2118連通的穿透中央供氣埠2 i 6 〇。一第三供氣通道U 提供於開關塊2110中。參見圖4〇。第三供氣通道⑼“在 15開關腔2114與一第三供氣埠2044之間延伸,第三供氣線 路2042附接於該第三供氣槔。同樣的,一第四供氣通道 2055提供於開關塊2110中且在開關腔2114與一第四供氣 埠2054之間延伸,第四供氣線路2〇52附接於該第四供1 埠。當選擇器構件總成2130如圖40所示定位,經由供氣 20埠2112進入開關塊2110到供氣通道2116内的加壓氣體^ 入管集箱區2118内且可能流入中央供氣通道216〇内。但 加壓氣體會被擋在中央供氣通道216〇之末端。因此, 在圖40中係處於、'關"位置。 要使遠側脊段2010往右樞轉(相反於圖34所示位置) 完稹 45 5 10 15 20 200808254 8守將選擇态構件總成2130樞轉至圖41所示位置。如該 圖所示,經由供氣埠2112進入開關塊211〇通過供氣通道Λ 2116並進入官集箱區2118内的加壓氣體透過中央供氣埠 車才私到第二供氣通道2045内及第三供氣線路2〇42 2=4加職體流人第一錯直供氣通道胸内並接觸框 、、,,2014上之驅動器片201 6以迫使樞軸構件2〇14依 一 ^方向移動。驅動器片2〇16相對側上之加壓氣體進入 直通道2050並流人第四供氣線路2()52内。隨著加 體進入開關塊2110中之第四埠口 2〇54,其流入第四 ,、乳通逼2055並流入主體部分215〇中之—第 第四排氣通道2170與選擇器構件總&2130之= ί分2150中之一底切排氣區2155連通。參見圖43。因此, 1四供氣線路2052内的加壓氣體經由第四排氣通道μ% ¥放且經由底切排氣區2丨55排出開關外。 純要阳將遠側脊段2〇10枢轉至目34戶斤示位置時,臨床醫師 ^隹廷擇器構件總成213G致使中央供氣通道2160此時在 官二箱區2118與第四供氣通道2〇55之間延伸。因此, :乳,路651 ☆入供氣通道2116並流入管集箱區η"内 的加壓氣體會通過中央供氣通道216〇流入第四供氣通道 〇内。域氣體流出第四供氣埠2054到第四供氣線路 内。第四供氣線路2〇52將加壓氣體轉移至第二 ^通道靡内。隨著加壓氣體進入第二錯直供氣通道 驅動态片2016使樞軸構件2014依、、Gy/方向樞轉。 多見圖34。驅動器片2G16相對側上的氣體氣體通過第— eth96425- 46 200808254 鉛直供氣通道2040流入第三供 第三供氣線路進入第氣體離開 木一1、孔通逼2045内並流入捭你 於主體部分綱之一第三排氣通道218〇。第: 5 10 15 道2180經定向使氣體經由底切排氣區2155排出。 本毛明之另一獨特新穎特徵係_自動中立 配置讓臨床醫師能夠簡單地藉由放開選擇器開關把手置此 2158而將遠側脊段鳩(及終端作用器12)鎖定在 望活節運動位置。更特定言之,—如圖所示建構之回動莖 2190如目4〇、41及43所示安裝在開關塊2⑽中。為^ 弹簧2190固持在開關塊211〇内,—對相對的圓突部 21 92、2194從開關塊2 110之底部表面2 113突出。彈菩219〇 ^別被固持在圓突部2192、2194之槽孔2193、219"5内。 芩見圖43。如圖43所示,一回行桿2153從選擇器構件油 成2U0之主體部分215〇突出。回行桿2153收納在回動^ 2190之自由端2196、2198之間。圖43例示處於中立或關 閉位置的主體部分2150。 ” 因此’當臨床醫師想要使終端作用器12進行活節運動 時,他或她轉動選擇器把手2158使選擇器構件總成213〇 之主體部分2150依對應於期望活節運動之旋轉方向移 2〇動。當臨床醫師轉動主體部分215〇時,其係抵抗回動箬 2190之自由端2196、2198其中一者產生之力轉動。一旦 臨床醫師已將終端作用器12轉到期望位置,他或她放開選 擇器把手2158且回動簧2190將主體部分2150移到關閉位 置此使終令而作用器12保持在该位置。若臨床醫師想要調 eth96425-完搞 47 5 10 15 20 200808254 正終端作用$ 12之活節運動位置,他或她只要 轉動選擇器把手⑽以獲得期望位置然後巴= 就能使終端作用器12保持在該位置。 予 使用圖之::二::=9月各非限制性實施例搭配開關2100 統組件的配置。如圖所示,使用一可移除的 、:二::it 6: '從源62〇流出的氣體通過供氣線路65 0 /爪到比例閥660並通過供裔時玫μ 1、— r ΟΡΪ 、仏虱、、泉路651流到開關總成2100 。在圖44所示實施例中,源62Θ包括一可 =換/可再充氣氣瓶622,該氣瓶被支承在 =分342内。貯氣瓶622可為可再充氣的。二: =二有效地利用不可替換,再充氣加職 ^源(財乳瓶)。在其他實施例中,把手總成3〇〇可呈備一 :以從:外界加壓氣體源618供應加壓氣體的埠口心。 ::5:: ^具可透過一可撓供氣線路617耦接於設施 i鈿工乳線路(圖中未示)。參見圖45。 圖46_48例示活節接頭她忐2009 re?里& ^:、, 形月搂m“ "m 2GG2配置搭配前文所述類 t及構w之快拆式接頭1〇〇〇,的使用。但在此 計使用四個埠口。如岡私- 土 T 、、、心 如圖47所不,运側連接器部分1116具 二-轉接於第一供氣線路區段54〇,的第一遠側供氣埠 :-弟-遠側供氣埠112〇提供於遠側連接器部分ιιι6 Γϋ接於一第二供氣線路區段542,。-第一供氣喷嘴部 I 所不從第—遠側供氣埠1117依近側方向突The tube assembly Π78 is on the ridge assembly 1〇3〇 according to the former ^ 1178. This configuration permits the various modes described above to be moved proximally and distally to open and close the anvil 4 on the end effector 12. To attach the distal shaft assembly 1010 to the proximal shaft assembly 1〇2〇, the user aligns the distal shaft assembly 1〇1〇 proximal ι〇ΐ2 as shown in FIG. The distal end 1〇22 of the proximal shaft assembly 1020 then inserts the distal end 1〇12 into the proximal end 10 1022. When the stop 1124 is received into the locking opening ι 72 and the locking wedge 1186 is received into the opening 1194, the distal shaft assembly ι〇ι is locked to the proximal shaft assembly 1020. The rocker 40 can be closed by pivoting the closure trigger 310 to the grip portion 342 of the handle assembly 3 by causing the closure trigger assembly 1178 to move distally by grasping the closure trigger 310 in the manner previously described. The shank % 15 can be actuated by actuating the trigger 67 依 as described above. To facilitate easy removal of the distal shaft assembly 1010 from the proximal shaft assembly 1〇2, various embodiments employ a release sleeve configuration. In these embodiments, a release sleeve section 1200 is slidably fitted over the proximal ridge section 115A between the proximal ridge section 1150 and the proximal closure tube section 119A. In various embodiments, the proximal end of the 20 release sleeve 1200 can be provided with a release button 12〇4 that passes through one of the proximal ends 1195 of the proximal closure tube section 1190. See Figures 22 and 31. This configuration permits release sleeve 12 to move axially distally and proximally on proximal ridge segment 1150 without obstructing axial travel of proximal closure tube segment 1190 over ridge assembly 1030. 41 eth96425-完稹5 10 15 20 200808254 钭切和图έ-Ζ: The month is not able to release the distal end of the release sleeve 1200 1202 inward:: increase the orientation so that it is adjacent to the proximal closed tube section ιΐ9 The opening of the second two openings is 1194. To release the distal shaft assembly 1010 from the proximal side, the user moves the release button in the slot 1196 to the distal side 冋 200 on the side. As the release sleeve 1200 = contacts the locking wedge 1186, the locking wedge (10) moves inwardly with the locking opening (10) in the proximal closure tube section u 9 ( (4) ^^^ finer in the distal direction The movement will cause the release, and the inner edge of the beveled inner edge 12〇6 contacts the locking stop 1124 w so that the lock of the alpha and the like is biased inwardly away from the proximal ridge segment 11::! Engaged to allow the distal shaft assembly 1010 to be disengaged from the proximal ridge assembly 1020. The embodiment shown in Figures 22-28 can be effectively used with the cylinder assembly # described above. The embodiment shown in Figures 29 and 30 can be used effectively with the previously described = cylinder assembly 800 or bellows assembly 9". As shown in Figures 3 and 3, the side connector portion 1116 has only a "mouth"! The fan is formed therein to be lightly connected to the air supply line portion 940. A first air supply nozzle 13 is shown as shown in the figure. The first-distal air supply port 1300 protrudes in a proximal direction. Similarly, the connector portion 1#154 has only one proximal air supply port 1306 coupled to the other first air supply line segment 9. The proximal air supply port 1306 is configured to removably receive the first air supply nozzle 1 therein. As shown in Figures 29 and 30, the 〇 ring seal 13 结合 is combined with the proximal air supply port 13 〇 6 to be in the first air supply line section 940 when the air supply nozzle 13 〇 2 is inserted into the proximal air supply port 1306. Forming a substantially airtight (or liquid-tight) seal with another first gas supply line section 940". When 42 eth96425-end 5 10 15 20 200808254 is coupled in a manner in a manner Take the _--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Road 940 can be based on the body. ', ~ into 800 or bellows assembly 900 to supply pressurized gas 2_ Figure: 1 shows - instead of the surgical cutting of the movable joint and the needle device π 〇 use! A = live joint assembly 2002 as described in the fairy 12 and the closed tube assembly. This embodiment can also be used with a ridged 赤Γ H. - as shown in Figure 33-35, the joint assembly 2002 package 4. The ridge assembly includes a distal ridge segment 2010 having a pivot 20 = projecting from the proximal end 2 〇 12 of the distal ridge segment. The spigot member is projecting from the sheet 2 〇 16 as shown in Fig. Cylinder assembly at The shaft 519 is pivotally mounted within the distal spine 2〇1〇. 20^, = 2〇14 is pivotally received in a pivot bearing pocket 2 formed on the proximal spine shield 2032 Within the crucible 34. The pivot member 2〇14 is free to be dragged relative to the proximal ridge member 2 〇3 about the pivot axis E_E. See Figure 36. As shown in Figure 35, the proximal ridge segment 2〇 3远端 distal end 2〇32=one groove 2036 formed therein to accommodate the first gas supply line 54〇, similarly, a second groove 2038 is provided at the distal end of the proximal ridge segment 2〇3〇 2032 is used to accommodate the second gas supply line 542. The gas supply line 54〇, the branch 2 bypasses the pivot bearing socket 2034 and enters the proximal end 2〇12 of the distal ridge segment 2〇1〇, which is described in various manners as previously described. Attached to the cylinder assembly 5〇1. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that a sufficient amount of relaxation of the supply lines 54〇= and 542 can be provided within the hollow proximal ridge 2〇3〇 to allow the distal ridge 2 to The 〇1〇 can be freely pivoted about the pivot axis E_E with respect to the proximal ridge segment 2030. By supplying the gas supply lines eth96425-43 200808254 54〇, 542 in the grooves 2036, 2〇38, respectively, these gas supply lines Will do To the axis of the closure tube assembly 170 relative to the ridge assembly 2〇〇4 ίο 15 20 also as shown in Figure 35, a first staggered air supply passage 2〇4〇 provides a 1 stem bearing to communicate with 2034. Similarly A second vertical air supply passage 2 is provided in communication with the pivot bearing housing 2〇34 as shown in Fig. 35. A third extension from the ampule in the handle assembly 300 of one of the switch assemblies 21〇〇 The gas supply line 'road handle 2042 is difficult to communicate with the first-right straight supply air passage, and the fourth supply air line 2052 from the switch assembly fan extension is in communication with the second vertical straight passage 2〇5〇. To assemble the joint assembly 2002, the pivot member 2〇14 is inserted into the pivot bearing socket 2034 and a cover 2〇6〇 is attached to the proximal ridge by screws 2〇62 or other suitable tie as shown. Paragraph 2〇3〇. Therefore, the pressurized gas entering the first vertical supply passage 2〇4〇 from the third gas supply line causes the distal ridge section 2010 to pivot with the pivot axis E_E as the center, and the ρ direction, and from the fourth supply. The entry of the pressurized gas into the second vertical supply port 2〇5〇 of the line 2052 causes the crotch side ridge segment 2010 to pivot relative to the proximal ridge segment 2〇3〇 with the pivot axis E_E as the center. See Figure 34. > Makeup Figures 37-45, the construction and operation of the switch assembly 2 of each embodiment will be described below. In various non-limiting embodiments, the switch assembly includes a switch block 211A having a supply port 2112 therein. The gas supply port 2112 is coupled to a gas supply line 651 for receiving pressurized gas from a pressurized gas source 62 (Fig. 44) or 618 (Fig. 45). In particular, a gas supply line 1 can extend from the gas supply line 650 to the cornice 2112. A switch cavity 2114 is provided in the switch block 2110 and is sized to pivotally receive a body portion 2150 of a selector member assembly 2130 therein. A pivot rod 2151 protrudes from the main 44 eth96425 - 撝 200808254 The bottom portion of the body portion 2150 is pivotally mounted in the pivot hole 2111 of the switch block 2 (10). See Figure 39. This configuration permit selector member assembly 213 is selectively rotated about the switch axis H-H. See Figure 38. A pair of 〇 % seals 2152, 2154 or other suitable sealing members may be provided as shown in Figures 5% and 5 to establish a substantially airtight seal between the body portion 215 of the selector member assembly 213 and the switch block 2110. A short rod 2156 protrudes from the main body; minute 2150 to receive a selector handle 2158. Rotation of the selector knob η% causes the body portion 2150 to rotate within the switch cavity 2114. As shown in Fig. 39, the air supply port 2U2 and one of the air supply passages of the switch block 2110 are connected to each other, and the air supply passage communicates with a header box region 2118 which is also formed in the switch block 211A. The body portion 215 of the selector member assembly 2130 has a penetrating central air supply port 2 i 6 连通 that communicates with the tube header region 2118. A third air supply passage U is provided in the switch block 2110. See Figure 4〇. The third air supply passage (9) extends between the 15 switching chamber 2114 and a third air supply port 2044, and the third air supply line 2042 is attached to the third air supply port. Similarly, a fourth air supply channel 2055 Provided in the switch block 2110 and extending between the switch cavity 2114 and a fourth air supply port 2054, the fourth gas supply line 2〇52 is attached to the fourth supply port. When the selector member assembly 2130 is as shown The positioning shown at 40, through the supply air 20埠2112, enters the switch block 2110 into the supply air channel 2116, and the pressurized gas enters the tube header region 2118 and may flow into the central air supply passage 216. However, the pressurized gas may be blocked. At the end of the central air supply passage 216. Therefore, it is in the 'off' position in Figure 40. To pivot the distal spine section 2010 to the right (opposite to the position shown in Figure 34) Finish 45 5 10 15 20 200808254 8 Guards pivots the selected member assembly 2130 to the position shown in Figure 41. As shown in the figure, the switch block 211 is accessed via the air supply port 2112, passes through the air supply passage Λ 2116, and enters the official box area 2118. The pressurized gas inside is passed through the central air supply brake to the second air supply passage 2045 and the third air supply line 2〇42 2=4 plus the body flow first in the straight air supply passage chest and contact the frame, 6,, 2014 on the drive piece 201 6 to force the pivot member 2〇14 to move in a direction. The driver piece 2〇16 The pressurized gas on the opposite side enters the straight passage 2050 and flows into the fourth gas supply line 2 () 52. As the additive enters the fourth port 2〇54 in the switch block 2110, it flows into the fourth, milk. The second exhaust passage 2170 is connected to one of the selector member total & 2130 = ί 2150. See Fig. 43. Therefore, 1 is passed through 2055 and flows into the main body portion 215A. The pressurized gas in the four gas supply line 2052 is discharged through the fourth exhaust passage μ% and is discharged outside the switch via the undercut exhaust region 2丨55. The pure yang is pivoted to the distal ridge segment 2〇10 to the target 34 When the position is indicated by the patient, the clinician ^ 隹 择 selector member assembly 213G causes the central air supply passage 2160 to extend between the official two tank area 2118 and the fourth air supply passage 2 〇 55. Therefore, the milk, the road 651 ☆ The pressurized gas entering the gas supply passage 2116 and flowing into the η" of the pipe collecting tank area flows into the fourth gas supply passage 通过 through the central air supply passage 216. The domain gas flows out of the fourth gas supply port 2054 to the fourth gas supply line. The fourth gas supply line 2〇52 transfers the pressurized gas to the second channel. As the pressurized gas enters the second misdirected gas supply The channel drive sheet 2016 pivots the pivot member 2014 in the Gy/direction. See Figure 34. The gas gas on the opposite side of the driver chip 2G16 passes through the first eth96425-46 200808254 vertical gas supply passage 2040 into the third supply. The three gas supply lines enter the first gas leaving the wood one, the hole is forced into 2045 and flows into the third exhaust passage 218 of the main part. Section: 5 10 15 Channel 2180 is oriented to vent gas through undercut venting zone 2155. Another unique novel feature of the present invention is the automatic neutral configuration that allows the clinician to lock the distal spine (and the end effector 12) in the desired position by simply releasing the selector switch handle 2158. . More specifically, the reversing stem 2190 constructed as shown in the figure is mounted in the switch block 2 (10) as shown in Figs. 4, 41 and 43. The spring 2190 is held in the switch block 211, and the opposing knobs 21 92, 2194 protrude from the bottom surface 2 113 of the switch block 2 110.弹 〇 219 〇 ^ Do not be held in the slots 2193, 219 " 5 of the rounded parts 2192, 2194. See Figure 43. As shown in Fig. 43, a return lever 2153 protrudes from the main body portion 215 of the selector member oil 2U0. The return lever 2153 is received between the free ends 2196, 2198 of the reversal ^ 2190. Figure 43 illustrates the body portion 2150 in a neutral or closed position. Thus, when the clinician wants to cause the end effector 12 to perform a joint motion, he or she rotates the selector handle 2158 to cause the main body portion 2150 of the selector member assembly 213 to move in the direction of rotation corresponding to the desired joint motion. 2 turbulence. When the clinician turns the body portion 215〇, it rotates against the force generated by one of the free ends 2196, 2198 of the return 箬 2190. Once the clinician has turned the terminal effector 12 to the desired position, he Or she releases the selector handle 2158 and the return spring 2190 moves the body portion 2150 to the closed position which ultimately causes the actuator 12 to remain in that position. If the clinician wants to tune eth96425 - finish 47 5 10 15 20 200808254 The positive terminal acts as a live motion position of $12, and he or she simply turns the selector handle (10) to obtain the desired position and then the pad = can hold the end effector 12 in that position. Use the diagram: 2::=9 Each non-limiting embodiment of the month is associated with the configuration of the switch 2100. As shown, a removable, two::it 6: 'gas flowing from source 62〇 through the gas supply line 65 0 /claw is used Go to proportional valve 660 and pass The donor time mei1, -r ΟΡΪ, 仏虱, 泉路 651 flows to the switch assembly 2100. In the embodiment shown in Fig. 44, the source 62A includes a replaceable/refillable gas cylinder 622, which The gas cylinder is supported within = 342. The gas cylinder 622 can be refillable. Two: = two effective use non-replaceable, refilling the service source (finance bottle). In other embodiments, the handle The assembly 3 can be configured to: supply the pressure of the pressurized gas from the external pressurized gas source 618. ::5:: ^ can be coupled to the facility through a flexible gas supply line 617 The milk line (not shown). See Figure 45. Figure 46_48 illustrates the joint joint her 忐2009 re? & ^:,, shape month m " " m 2GG2 configuration with the aforementioned t and structure The use of w quick release connector 1〇〇〇. However, four passes are used here. As for the private - soil T,,, heart, as shown in Figure 47, the transport side connector portion 1116 has a second-to-first air supply line section 54, the first distal air supply: - brother - The distal air supply port 112 is provided in the distal connector portion ι ι 6 in a second air supply line segment 542. - the first air supply nozzle portion I does not protrude from the first-distal air supply port 1117

7第二供氣噴嘴部分lm從第二供氣 方向往外突出。 w u W eth96425-完稱 48 200808254 遠側連接器部分⑴6更具有—轉接於一第三供氣線路 區段2042,的第三遠側供氣埠1117,。一第四遠側供氣琿 Π20’提供在遠側連接器部分1116中且減於一第四供氣 段2052’。-第三供氣嘴嘴部分ιιΐ8,如圖所示從第 :遠側供氣埠1117’依近側方向突出。一第四供氣喷嘴部 为1122’從第四供氣埠112〇’依近側方向往外突出。 相似地,近側脊段115〇之遠端1152 部分1154,該第二遠接哭邮八士 ^ 路un,, 一連接。〇 ^刀有一耦接於另一第一供氣線 ίο 15 20 ;=的第一近側供氣埠1156。第二連接器部分ιΐ54 八 耦接於另一第二供氣線路區段542”的第二 t St虱埠1160。第一近側供氣埠1156經建構用以在盆 1160t ^接收第一供氣喷嘴1118,且第二近側供氣埠 112 7/&大小用以在其内可移除地接收第:供氣噴嘴 埠1156 I圖人47^ ’ 一第一 〇環封1158與第一近側供氣 内時在第口一口Γ 一噴嘴1118插人第一近側供氣埠1156 540,,之二、:線路區段54〇,與另-第-供氣線路區段 接在一^第二致Μ (或液密)㈣。當依該方式耗 —供氣線路爆=54G,r遵,接合形成一第 供氣璋116〇社人” # — 0¾封⑽與弟二近側 氣埠1供氣喷嘴1122插人第二近側供 依該方成另一大致氣密(或液密)密封。當 ^耦接在—起時,第二供氣線路區段542,和542 ” 形成-第二供氣線路542。 542 eth96425-完穣 49 200808254 又” 115〇之遠端1152具有一第二連接器部分 以弟一連接态部分有一耦接於另一 段Γ2,,的第三近側供氣璋出6,。第二連接器部 於/、内更有-耗接於另-第四供氣線路區段 5近級氣蜂116〇,。第三近側供…156,#_二= 内可私除地接收弟二供氣嗔嘴⑴8, 、 1160,經訂定大]、用以太甘士 軋埠 丁 =幻用以在其内可移除地接收第四供氣喷嘴 如圖47所不,—第三0環封1158,與第 氣埠1156,結合以在第三喷嘴 一弟一近側供 10 1156,内時在第-供气綠,々、鳥8插入弟三近側供氣埠 守在弟一仏乱線路區段2〇42,盥一尸 區段2042”之間形成一大致氣宓 ^六仏軋線路 方式輕接在-起時,第H ^ = Μ㈣。當依該 升^笛-括々 虱線路區段2042,和2042”接人 形成一弟二線路2042。同樣的,一第 接。 四近侧供氣埠116〇,社人以^笛 展 162與第 15近^氣埠116G,内時在第四供氣線路區段觸, 四供氣線路區段2052,,之間γ ^ /、 弟 密封。當依該方式輕接在= 氣密(或液密) 和請,形成一 起時’第四供氣線路區段购, 到可利用其他可卸式輕合…白此技勢者會理解 20之精神及範圍。 _ 、斥配置而不脫離本發明 如月ϋ文在【先前技術】段 + 得越來越小,開發一種可產^所过1^者内切割器系統變 度也變得越高。此等門題可/要傳動力之氣動系統的難 轴而變得比較容易解;。:;=:電動機帶動旋轉傳動 %轉運動可輕易地在長而可撓或 ^96425 50 200808254 可活節運動的傳動軸上傳輸。儘管已 產生能力方面作出極大進展’此等系統的有效性:及扭矩 側長軸桿直徑的大小及可 有放陡會文到遠 :或…達的大小限制。在許多;今:用:釘區 = 電動機被定位在系統遠端同‘ 點以如下下實立施新例解決與傳動電動機有關之此等問題和缺 ♦ 文所將洋述,這些實施例利用一 、> 10 15 20 動力傳輸到—旋轉從動内切割器。氣動馬達通常產生= f至該馬達之氣體之壓力及體積成比例的扭矩及每八;ί 數。在圖休56所示非限制性實施例中,利用—== 轉運動從氣動馬達傳送到終端作用器。:孰習 解到本發明這些實施例之獨特新穎觀點:可 有放也拕配其他已知旋轉從動終端作用器及其他利用一 撓傳動軸配置傳送旋轉傳動運動至内切割器之外科哭具使 用二本發明這些實施例之獨特新穎觀點可有效:搭配 非活郎式終端作用器配置使用。 圖49-56例示本發明之一外科切割及釘合器具μ⑻, 其利用一旋轉從動内切割器i 5! 2。頃存在多種旋轉從動内 切割器及其他外科器具。舉例來說,一種旋轉内切割器配 置揭示於2006年i月31日申請之授證給Sheh〇n iv等人 之發明名稱為 '、Motor Driven Surgical Cutting and7 The second air supply nozzle portion lm protrudes outward from the second air supply direction. w u W eth96425 - omni- tion 48 200808254 The distal connector portion (1) 6 further has a third distal air supply port 1117 that is coupled to a third gas supply line section 2042. A fourth distal air supply port 20' is provided in the distal connector portion 1116 and is reduced to a fourth air supply portion 2052'. - The third air supply nozzle portion ιι 8 is projected from the front side: the distal air supply port 1117' in the proximal direction as shown. A fourth air supply nozzle portion 1122' protrudes outward from the fourth air supply port 112'. Similarly, the proximal ridge segment 115 is located at the distal end 1152 portion 1154, and the second is remotely connected to the bus. The 刀 ^ knife has a first proximal air supply port 1156 coupled to the other first gas supply line ίο 15 20 ; The second connector portion ι 54 is coupled to the second t St 虱埠 1160 of the other second air supply line segment 542". The first proximal air supply port 1156 is configured to receive the first supply in the basin 1160t ^ a gas nozzle 1118, and a second proximal air supply port 112 7/& amp size for removably receiving therein: a gas supply nozzle 埠 1156 I figure 47 ^ ' a first ring seal 1158 and When a near-side air supply is in the first port, a nozzle 1118 is inserted into the first proximal air supply port 1156 540, and second, the line segment 54 is connected to the other-first air supply line section. One ^Second Μ (or liquid-tight) (4). When it is consumed in this way - the gas supply line burst = 54G, r compliant, the joint forms a gas supply 璋 116 〇 人 ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” The side air vent 1 air supply nozzle 1122 is inserted into the second proximal side for sealing into another substantially airtight (or liquid tight) seal. When coupled, the second gas supply line sections 542, and 542" form a second gas supply line 542. 542 eth96425 - 穣 49 200808254 again "115 〇 distal end 1152 has a second connection The device portion has a third proximal air supply port 6 coupled to the other segment Γ2. The second connector portion is further connected to the other-fourth gas supply line section 5 and the lower-level air bee 116〇. The third near side is for...156,#_二= The privately-accepted brother 2 gas supply mouthpiece (1)8, 1160, has been set large], used to be too sweet and can be used in it. Removably receiving the fourth air supply nozzle as shown in FIG. 47, the third 0 ring seal 1158 is combined with the first air valve 1156 to provide 10 1156 on the near side of the third nozzle and the first one. Gas green, cockroach, bird 8 inserted into the younger side of the third gas supply 埠 在 在 在 在 在 在 弟 弟 弟 弟 弟 弟 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 At the beginning, the first H ^ = Μ (four). When the line is connected to the flute-striped line section 2042, and 2042", a second line 2042 is formed. The same, one first. Four near-side air supply 埠 116〇, the community to ^ flute 162 and the 15th near ^ gas 埠 116G, inside the fourth gas supply line section touch, four gas supply line section 2052, between γ ^ /, Brother sealed. When in this way, lightly connect = airtight (or liquid tight) and please, when formed together, 'the fourth gas supply line section is purchased, and other detachable light combination can be utilized... white, the technical person will understand 20 Spirit and scope. _ 、 斥 配置 而不 而不 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如These questions can be easily solved by the difficult axis of the pneumatic system to be driven. :;=: Motor drives the rotary drive. The %-turn motion can easily be transmitted on a long, flexible or ^96425 50 200808254 movable joint drive shaft. Despite the tremendous progress that has been made in terms of capacity, the effectiveness of these systems: and the size of the torque side long shaft and the size of the shaft can be steeped to the far: or ... the size limit. In many; today: use: nail area = motor is positioned at the far end of the system with the same point as the following to solve the problems associated with the transmission motor and the lack of these problems, these examples use 1. > 10 15 20 Power transmission to - rotary driven inner cutter. Air motors typically produce a torque proportional to the pressure and volume of the gas to the motor and every eight; In the non-limiting embodiment shown in Figure 56, the -== rotary motion is transmitted from the air motor to the end effector. : A unique novelty of these embodiments of the present invention: there are other known rotary driven end effectors and other transmissions that use a flexible drive shaft configuration to transmit the rotary drive motion to the inner cutter. The unique novelty of using these two embodiments of the invention is effective: it is used in conjunction with a non-live type terminal effector configuration. Figures 49-56 illustrate a surgical cutting and stapling instrument μ (8) of the present invention utilizing a rotary driven internal cutter i 5! There are a variety of rotary driven internal cutters and other surgical instruments. For example, a rotary inner cutter configuration reveals the application for the certificate of Sheh〇n iv et al., and the Motor Driven Surgical Cutting and

Fastening Instrument whh AdapUve 仉打 的美國 專利申請案序號第11/343,447號中提及,該專利申請案之 eth96425-完搞 51 200808254 相關部分以引用的方式併入本文中。其他實例揭示於2〇〇6 “月27日"之授證給Shelton,IV等人之發明名稱為 "Manually Driven Surgical Cutting and Fastening Instrument〃的美國專利申請案(KLNG N〇 5 〇5〇704/END5779USNP ) ’該專利申請案之相關部分以引用 的方式併入本文中。 圖50是一依據多個非限制性實施例的終端作用器i5i2 的分解圖。如該範例實施例所示,終端作用器1512可包含 一經訂定大小用以接收一氣力操作工具的長槽道各 10非限制性實施例之氣力操作工具包括一於内部可操作地支 擊發機構、針g 5G。此實施例包含—楔形滑橡總 ς 1530 橇總成上有—刀部A 1538。楔形滑樣總成 = 3^0,到一螺旋傳動螺桿156〇上。一位於長槽道別之 :遠端1521的軸承1522接收螺旋傳動螺桿156〇,允許螺 15旋,動螺桿156〇相對於長槽道152〇自由轉動。螺旋傳動 螺扣1560可與楔形滑橇總成153〇之一有螺紋開口(圖中 =不)又界,致使傳動螺桿156〇之轉動會導致楔形滑橇總 =1530在—完全伸長或已作動位置與—完全縮回或未作 7Π播位置之間往遠側或近側平移(視旋轉方向而定)通過長 /遏1520 ’其中在該完全伸長或已作動位置中被支承在釘 、内的肘釘已全部被擊發。據此,當螺旋傳動螺桿1560 ' 方向轉動時,楔形滑橇總成153〇被往遠側帶動通過 ’T匣5〇切斷終端作用器1512内夾緊之組織且擊發釘匣5〇 内之肘釘使肘釘與可樞轉地耦合於長槽道1520之一砧4〇 eth96425-完搞 52 200808254 之底部表面發生成形接觸。楔形滑橇 =舉:列來說可由塑膠製成,… 5 二= 模形滑樣總成1530橫越長槽道152〇 向表面⑽可將釘M 5G内之肘釘往上推或帶 =的^織並抵住石占4〇。石占4〇翻轉肘釘,從而釘合被切斷 的組織。當楔形滑橇總成153〇縮回時,刀部分1538及滑 3可變成分開,從而將滑橇部分1532留在長槽 端。熟習此技藝者會理解到可使用其他氣力操 作工具吳其他擊發機構。 值:Μ例示一種用以從把手總成300中-氣動馬達 傳輸疑轉運動到螺旋傳動螺桿⑽的傳動軸配置。如參照 斤見,此實施例可運用I文詳述之閉合管總成170。 ,官總成170可滑動地套在一脊總成154〇上,該脊總成 匕括一可旋轉地支承一主旋轉(或近侧)傳動軸1544的近 5側脊段1542,該主傳動軸經由-包含齒輪1552、1554、1556 f斜ui輪、4成1550與一次級(或遠側)傳動轴丨5仏聯繫。 及傳動軸1546連接到一傳動齒輪1548,該傳動齒輪接 二於螺疑傳動螺才旱j 56〇之一近側傳動齒* i⑹。鉛直斜 齒輪1552被可樞轉地支承於近側脊段1542遠端中之一開 543内可利用一遠側脊段1570封閉次級傳動軸1546 及傳動μ輪1548、1554。總括而言,主傳動軸1544、次級 傳動轴1546、及活節總成(譬如斜齒輪總成155〇)在本說 明書中有時稱為、、主傳動軸總成 如圖53和54所示,器具1500各實施例係由一呈加壓 53 eth96425-完搞 200808254 氣體源620形式之氣動力源供能。在這些圖式所干之杏於。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 Other examples are disclosed in the US Patent Application (KLNG N〇5 〇 5〇) by Shelton, IV et al., entitled “Manually Driven Surgical Cutting and Fastening Instrument”. 704/END5779USNP) 'The relevant part of this patent application is hereby incorporated by reference. FIG. 50 is an exploded view of a terminal effector i5i2 according to various non-limiting embodiments. As shown in this exemplary embodiment, The end effector 1512 can include a long channel of a predetermined size for receiving a pneumatically operated tool. Each of the non-limiting embodiments of the pneumatic operating tool includes an internally operable firing mechanism, the needle g 5G. This embodiment includes —Wedge-shaped sliding rubber ς 1530 The skid assembly has a knife A 1538. The wedge-shaped sliding sample assembly = 3^0, onto a screw drive screw 156 。. A bearing located in the long groove: the distal end 1521 The 1522 receives the screw drive screw 156〇, allowing the screw 15 to rotate, and the moving screw 156〇 is free to rotate relative to the long channel 152. The screw drive screw 1560 can be threaded with one of the wedge slider assemblies 153〇 (in the figure = No) again Thus, causing the rotation of the drive screw 156 to cause the wedge sled total = 1530 to be translated distally or proximally between the fully extended or actuated position and the fully retracted or unadjusted position (depending on the direction of rotation) Passing the long/stop 1520' wherein the staples supported in the staples in the fully extended or actuated position have all been fired. Accordingly, the wedge sled assembly 153 is rotated when the screw drive screw 1560' is rotated. The ankle is driven distally through the 'T匣5〇 to cut the tissue clamped in the end effector 1512 and fire the staples in the staples 5〇 to pivotally couple the staples to an anvil that is pivotally coupled to the long channel 1520. 4〇eth96425-End 52 200808254 The forming surface of the bottom surface is formed. Wedge-shaped skid = lift: the column can be made of plastic, ... 5 2 = the form slip sample assembly 1530 across the long channel 152 to the surface (10) The elbow in the nail M 5G can be pushed up or the belt is woven and pressed against the stone to occupy 4 〇. The stone occupies 4 〇 turns the elbow, thereby nailing the cut tissue. When the wedge sled assembly 153 When the chin is retracted, the knife portion 1538 and the slide 3 can be separated to leave the slider portion 1532 at the long groove end. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that other pneumatically operated tools can be used. Other values: Μ An example of a drive shaft configuration for moving from the handle assembly 300 to the pneumatic motor to the helical drive screw (10). As can be seen, this embodiment can utilize the closure tube assembly 170 detailed in the text. The official assembly 170 is slidably fitted over a ridge assembly 154, which rotatively supports a main assembly. Rotating (or proximally) the proximal 5 side spine section 1542 of the drive shaft 1544 via the -including gears 1552, 1554, 1556 f oblique ui wheel, 4 into 1550 and primary (or distal) drive shaft 丨 5仏Contact. And the transmission shaft 1546 is connected to a transmission gear 1548 which is connected to one of the proximal transmission teeth * i (6) of the screw. The vertical bevel gear 1552 is pivotally supported in one of the distal ends of the proximal spine section 1542. The secondary drive shaft 1546 and the drive μ wheels 1548, 1554 can be closed by a distal spine 1570. In summary, the main drive shaft 1544, the secondary drive shaft 1546, and the joint assembly (such as the helical gear assembly 155 〇) are sometimes referred to herein as the main drive shaft assembly as shown in Figures 53 and 54. It is shown that each embodiment of the appliance 1500 is powered by an aerodynamic source in the form of a pressurized 53 eth96425-completed 200808254 gas source 620. The dried apricots in these patterns

:中’源620包括-可替換/可再充氣氣瓶622,該氣LI 之握把部分642内。貯氣瓶可為 了 Μ拖此技#者會理解到亦可有效地利用不 Π:?氣壓氣體源(貯氣瓶)。在其他實施例中, 備一用以從-外界加壓氣體源』8供應 加£亂體的璋π 616。舉例來說,器具ι可透過一可持 供氣線路6i7輕接於設施之壓縮空氣線 : 見圖53Α。 1个,y , ίο 15 報Λ下更詳細地說明可移除/可再充氣貯氣瓶622之獨特 作^1"為了解釋傳動系統如何提供旋轉運動給終端 :=了12’圖中可見加墨氣體在壓力下從貯氣瓶6以或 ^^4源618通過—供4線465(^入一傳統比例閥 内t匕例閥660耦接於一附接於一啟動扳機謂的供 ^ Γ/62 n ®53和58 °在各實施例中,啟動板機 670被支承在-行進監測構件或相對位置擊發扳機則,附 近,该扳機由一延伸於右邊機殼構件320與左邊機殼構件 330之間的樞軸鎖37〇可樞轉地搞合至把手總成遍。相對 位置扳機3 10,可由塑膠或其他適當材料製成且有一部分具 20備-大致U形橫戴面藉以如圖所示容納啟動板機請。臨 床醫師可將他或她的手放到殼體總成3〇〇之握把部分342 上致使下三根手指位在相對位置扳機31〇,上且食指位在啟 動扳械670上。將啟動扳機67〇往内朝相對位置扳機3 ^ 擠塵會導致比例閥66〇允許氣體在壓力下從源62〇 (或圖 eth96425-完搞 54 200808254 53A之618)通過該閥到一供氣線路680流入定向控制間 1610 内。 5 10 15 20 如圖56所示,定向控制閥161〇具有一前進位置區段 1620、一停止區段1630、及一倒轉區段164〇。控制閥區段 1620、1630、1640可藉由穿過把手殼體3〇〇突出之按鈕 和1614手動切換。參見圖49和56。二個供氣/排氣線路 1700、1710從定向控制閥1610延伸到一傳統氣動馬達 1 730。因此,當臨床醫師將控制閥! 6丨〇切換到前進位置, 前進通道1622允許加壓氣體從供氣線路68〇流到供氣/排 氣線路1700内導致氣動馬達173〇以一第一方向帶動馬達 傳動軸1732 (將進-步於下文詳述),這會導致旋轉運動 傳輸至傳動軸1544,在-擊發行程中驅使楔形滑槪總成 1532及刀部分1538往遠側通過終端作用器bn。經 氣線路1710離開氣動馬達173〇的氣體透過—排氣淳二MM 排放。當控制目1610被切換至倒轉位置時,通過供 =〇的氣體被允許通過供氣線路171〇流入氣動馬達⑽ 由供氣/排氣線路1700離開氣動馬達1730的氣體透 =乳埠1632排放。當控制間處於停止位 ⑽及供請氣線路_被_且供氣線 排氣埠1632。參見圖56。 1700連接至 如圖56更進一步顯示,氣動馬達173〇之輸出 σ在其上有一第一傳動齒輪1734,該第一 -安裝在-行星齒輪總成1740 #二广合於 動齒輪⑽。行星齒輪總成⑽二=的第二傳 ^翰出軸1742,該輸 eth96425-完稱 55 200808254 =精:二 軸構件1743輕接於傳動軸⑽之近端 ::轉運動傳送到該傳動轴近端。因此,當控制闕 到前進位置’氣動馬達173()之輸出抽1732透 5 10 =減/ 1736及行星齒輪總成1740將-旋轉運動加 =傳動軸1544藉以導致楔形滑橇總成㈣及刀部分 5 8通過釘㈣切斷終端仙器1512中夾緊之組織並驅 t L内之財釘與石占40發生成形接觸。當控制間1610 \ 到卞位置’氣動馬達1730之輸出轴1 732將一反向 =轉運動加諸於傳動軸1544使楔形滑橇總成⑽及刀部 /刀1538依一近侧方向回縮通過釘匣5〇。 〃圖49-56所示實施例亦具有增進儀器之可操作性且向 ^醫師提供多種形式之回饋的更進—步獨特新穎特徵, 使得臨床醫師能夠監測楔形滑橇總成153〇及刀部分Μ% 在釘匣50内往遠側推進及縮回時的釘匣内位置。再次參照 15圖56,可看到一回饋齒輪175〇提供在傳動車由1544上或行 生ui輪總成1740之輪出軸1742上。回饋齒輪175〇嚙合於 一安裝在一有螺紋刀位置軸1754上的刀位置齒輪PM。、 刀位置軸1754可由有助於其自由旋轉的適當軸承配置(圖 中未示)支承。一近侧限制開關176〇與軸1754之近端1756 20結合,且一遠側限制開關177〇與軸1754之遠端1乃8結 合。一刀指示器1780旋到刀位置轴1754上以供在該刀位 置軸上往遠側和近側行動。當傳動軸1544依會導致楔形滑 橇總成1530及刀部分1538往遠側通過釘匣5〇的方向轉動 時,刀指示器1780亦往近侧朝遠侧限制開關177〇移動。 eth96425-完搞 56 200808254 遂側限制開關1770經定向致使當楔形滑橇丨53〇及刀部分 1538處於最遠側位置時,刀指示器178〇作動遠側限制開 關1770。一窗提供於左邊機殼構件33〇 (或右邊機殼構件 320曰,這取決於刀位置軸1754在殼體總成3〇〇内的位置) 5使得臨床醫師能夠看到刀指示器178〇之位置藉以判斷擊 發機構(楔形總成1530及刀部分1538 )在其擊發行程内 之位置且為臨床醫師提供用以在回縮行程中監測楔形總成 1530之位置的器件。 又在各貫施例中,可提供一從供氣線路050延伸到遠 :限制開關1770的遠側輔助線路1772。—遠側限制開關 ^路1774可提供在遠側限制開關1770與定向控制閥161〇 ^間。因此,當楔形滑橇總成1530及刀部分1538已完成 辜發仃程且刀指示器178〇作動遠側限制開關177〇,遠侧 限制開關1770誇可氣體在壓力下從供氣線4 65〇流到遠側 ,制開關線路1 774並流入定向控制閥! 6! 〇内,這在各實 施例中會導致定向控制閥161()自動切換至倒轉位置並因、 此導致氣動馬達1730反轉且最終將-反向旋轉運動加諸 於傳動軸1544。當氣動馬達173〇反轉傳動轴1544時,反 向旋轉運動傳輸到刀位置軸1754藉以驅使刀位置指示器 朝近側限制開關176〇往回移動。一近側輔助線路π” =可在近側限制開關丨66〇與供氣線路65〇之間延伸,致使 田刀位置指不器178〇作動近側限制開關166〇 (意味著楔 、月橇1530及刀部分1538已移到其完全縮回位置)時, 近側限制開關1660因此許可氣體流入一近側限制開關線 eth96425-完槁 57 200808254 路1664且流入定向控制閥161〇内藉以導致定向控制閥 1610自動切換成停止位置。 ίο 15 20 在各貫施例中,—第一氣笛1790或其他適當發聲裝置 可與遠側限制開關線路1774 (或遠側限制開關177〇)連 通,致使當遠側限制開關177〇在擊發行程之末端被作動 日守,通過退側限制開關線路丨774的空氣致使第一氣笛1 向臨床醫師提供-聲音信號表示楔形滑橇/刀具已抵達擊 發行程之末端。同樣的,_第二氣笛⑽或其他適當發聲 裝置可與近側限制開關176〇連通,致使當近側限制開關 1760在回鈿仃程之末端被作動時,通過近侧限制開關線路 1764的空氣致使第二氣笛1792向臨床醫師提供另一聲音 信號表示楔形滑橇/刀具已抵達回縮行程之末端。在1他曰 施例中’舉例來說,電池供電的發光二極體或其他發作穿 置可與遠側和近側限制開關Π7(μ聯繫以向使用者提 Γί形Γ4/刀具已抵達擊發行程及/或回縮行程之末端時 =二^在替代實施例中’氣笛179〇、1792可換成壓 力感測為或壓力計以指出裝詈柯奪 縮行程之末端。1置饤日彳抵料發行程及/或回 杰=〇49·56所示各實施财,氣動馬達被支承在把手绚 位於遠側脊段η。内。馬達傳動軸⑽,在; 齒輪1548,,該傳動齒輪嚙合於蟬旋傳、 捕知本认1 口 %系敌傅動螺桿1560之近側 傳動回輪1562。圖52Α例示此遠側安裝 月ij所述之活節接頭104使用。圖52Β所干者二σ -己如 ® 乂13所不實施例使用一如 eth96425-完稿 58 5 10 15 20 200808254 引所逑之氣動活節接頭 配置亦可搭配柢田甘^ 此寺通側女裝空氣馬達 遠側安裝氣動^〜習此技藝者會理解到此等 ;配置所遭遇到的動力損失最小化,並中==傳動 手總成内且擊發和回縮運動 ς接承於把 作用器。諸如圖52八和52ϊ^_ ;:即接頭傳輸到終端 1710和m〇穿過、、mi Γ之貫施例僅要求二條線路 和⑽可包括以向馬達1730’供能。線路⑺0 傳動構件穿過接頭的其他實施例比較不要^多個 且之墼列可被建構成向使用者提供-有關哭 此係藉由將行程監 、在二貫施例中, 於I置之傳動軸或擊發機構 =至仏加 成。更特定言之且參照圖53_55,此?:;運, 連桿總成1800,該回饋連 貝/例可包含一回饋 包括一右碟好主^ 杯⑽成在口非限制性實施例中可 … 回饋軸1801,該軸可依螺紋附接於-j :轉地安裝在相對位置扳機31〇,之 :接:二 饋齒輪讀的萬向接頭部分贈,該支於\—手動回 於刀位置齒輪1752。各定而批& μ 饋回輪嚙合 /15;^j 1〇^ ^ 、轫得動軸1544致使呈一楔形 和刀部分_之形式的擊發機構被帶動往遠二= eth96425-完槁 59 5 10 15 20 200808254 τ! ft:私)。回饋齒輪1750帶動刀位置齒輪1752,而爷 動=動手動回饋齒輪_。然後手動回饋齒輪 τ 口饋軸,該手動回饋軸因其與螺母334之螺 =;而將相對位置扳機310,拉往把手總成3〇〇之握把部 向臨床醫師提供一代表楔形滑請。及刀部 刀15 3 8推進的、負爵譽/,社一 觸見扣不。熟習此技藝者會理解到如要 =2=使相對位置扳機310,朝把手總成300 丨! 動回饋軸1801和螺母334會阻止其任何 夕Ί疋,相對位置扳機別,會㈣於楔形滑樣1530 裎:1538之推進和回縮自動樞轉。此配置向臨床醫師 ===她序全程中抓住相對位置扳機着就: :、:r心總成1530及刀部分1538 (擊發機構)之 秦而4:ί之自動觸覺指示。因此,臨床醫師不用看任何 去从1此侍到此回饋。此配置向臨床醫師提供擊發機構在 位置與已作動位置間之進程及擊發機構何時從已作 動位置:到未作動位置的科非視覺⑽。 各貫施例可更進—步具備整體標示為333的另一觸謦 回饋配置。舉例來說’如圖53·56所示,相對位置扳機別, 板部分332可具備一系列經設計當擊發及回縮行 私期間相對位置扳機31〇,以銷37〇為中心樞轉時與安裝在 把手總成300内之一彈簧臂337交界的槽孔335、掣止、 冓及類似物虽上附接板部分332隨著相對位置扳機Η〇, ,轉時,彈簧臂337之末端掉入每一順序槽孔335内且用 乂(依序)將一力加諸於上附接板部分M2,此力在臨床 eth96425-完稹 60 5 10 15 20 200808254 醫師抓住㈣位置扳機31G,時㈣感制。㈣ ^立置扳機MG,推進,臨床醫師會得到—_對庫於擊發 ,構之移動的額外觸覺回饋運動藉以確認相對位置X (及最終擊發機構)在擊發行程期間推 1間縮回’無論是在何種情況之下。又,隨著彈菩臂33丁7 ΐ末端掉人每—每—順序槽孔内,此可能產生-聲音、嗔 ^寺以向臨床醫師提供關於擊發機構通 百行程之移動的聲音回饋。因此,此實施例提供一系列(f :::於擊發機構在未作動位置與已作動位置間之移 熟習此技藝者會理解到器具⑽呈現—遠優於習知氣 置的改良。舉例來說,各實施例提供-供臨 測4發機構(楔形滑橇/刀具)被帶動通過其擊發 位置的器件。在一些實施例中,當楔形滑橇/刀具 3其f發行程之末端時會自動縮回。一旦處於完全縮回 控制閥可自動切換到—停止位置藉以中斷從源㈣ 或=到氣動馬達1730的空氣供應。但如果在啟動過程中 品床酱師想要停止楔形滑橇/刀具在氣紅内往遠側之推 或她可簡單地將控制閥161()手動切換至倒轉位置並 2作動啟動扳機67〇向氣動馬達173G供應加壓氣體直到 2滑樣/刀具移動至期望回縮位置為止。此外,獨特新穎 、:對位置扳機31G’在臨床醫師抓住相對位置扳機31〇, 3向臨床醫師提供可感受到的手動或觸覺回饋。又,臨 U師可在楔形滑後/刀具已抵達擊發行程末端及/或已完 eth96425-完稿 ίο 15 20 200808254 全縮回時得到聲音信號。 新在解到行程監測裝置所提供的獨特 可件500、800或波紋管總成_時亦 ::由::推/拉可撓(圖中未示)或剛性 之貫施例)將這些傳動構件之每—者連接到上附接 構=Γ、2或相對位置域310,之其他部分致使此等傳動The "Medium" source 620 includes a replaceable/refillable gas cylinder 622 within the grip portion 642 of the gas LI. The gas cylinder can be used for the purpose of dragging this technology. It will be understood that it can also be used effectively: the gas source (gas cylinder). In other embodiments, a 璋π 616 is provided for supplying a chaotic body from an external pressurized gas source. For example, the appliance ι can be lightly connected to the compressed air line of the facility through a gas supply line 6i7: see Figure 53. 1 , y , ίο 15 The details of the removable / refillable gas cylinder 622 are described in more detail in order to explain how the drive system provides rotational motion to the terminal: = 12' The ink gas passes under pressure from the gas cylinder 6 or the source 618 of the ^4 source for the 4-wire 465 (into a conventional proportional valve, the valve 660 is coupled to a supply trigger) Γ/62 n ® 53 and 58 ° In various embodiments, the start trigger 670 is supported in the vicinity of the - travel monitoring member or the relative position firing trigger, the trigger extending from the right housing member 320 to the left housing A pivot lock 37 is pivotally engaged between the members 330 to the handle assembly. The relative position trigger 3 10 can be made of plastic or other suitable material and has a portion of the 20-to-semi-shaped cross-face. Accommodate the starter plate as shown. The clinician can place his or her hand on the grip portion 342 of the housing assembly 3 such that the next three fingers are in the relative position of the trigger 31 〇, and the index finger position On the starter 670. The trigger 67 will be activated and the trigger will be moved inward relative position. 3 ^ Dusting will cause the ratio 66 〇 allows the gas to flow from the source 62 〇 under pressure (or eth96425 - 538 of 200808254 53A) through the valve to a gas supply line 680 into the directional control room 1610. 5 10 15 20 The directional control valve 161 has a forward position section 1620, a stop section 1630, and an inverted section 164. The control valve sections 1620, 1630, 1640 can be protruded by a button that passes through the handle housing 3 Manual switching with 1614. See Figures 49 and 56. Two supply/exhaust lines 1700, 1710 extend from directional control valve 1610 to a conventional air motor 1 730. Thus, when the clinician switches the control valve! In the advanced position, the forward passage 1622 allows the pressurized gas to flow from the supply line 68 to the supply/exhaust line 1700, causing the air motor 173 to drive the motor drive shaft 1732 in a first direction (which will be further detailed below). This causes the rotational motion to be transmitted to the drive shaft 1544, which drives the wedge-shaped skid assembly 1532 and the knife portion 1538 distally through the end effector bn during the firing stroke. The gas exiting the air motor 173 through the gas line 1710 is transmitted through - Exhaust 淳 two MM row When the control unit 1610 is switched to the inverted position, the gas passing through the supply line 171 is allowed to flow into the air motor through the gas supply line 171 (10). The gas passing through the air supply/exhaust line 1700 exits the air motor 1730. When the control room is in the stop position (10) and the air supply line _ is _ and the air supply line exhaust 埠 1632. See Fig. 56. 1700 is connected as shown further in Fig. 56, the output σ of the air motor 173 在 has a The first transmission gear 1734, the first-mounted-to-planetary gear assembly 1740 #2 is integrated with the moving gear (10). The second transmission of the planetary gear assembly (10) two = 1742, the transmission eth96425 - the complete name 55 200808254 = fine: the two-axis member 1743 is lightly connected to the proximal end of the transmission shaft (10):: the rotary motion is transmitted to the transmission shaft Near end. Therefore, when the control is advanced to the forward position 'the output of the air motor 173() is pumped 1732 through 5 10 = minus / 1736 and the planetary gear assembly 1740 will - rotate the motion plus = drive shaft 1544 to cause the wedge sled assembly (four) and the knife The portion 5 8 cuts the clamped tissue in the terminal fairy 1512 by the nail (4) and drives the solid nail in the t L to form contact with the stone core 40. When the control room 1610 \ to the 卞 position 'the output shaft 1 732 of the air motor 1730 applies a reverse = rotary motion to the drive shaft 1544 to retract the wedge sled assembly (10) and the knife/knife 1538 in a proximal direction By nailing 5匣. The embodiment shown in Figures 49-56 also has a more advanced and unique feature that enhances the operability of the instrument and provides multiple forms of feedback to the physician, enabling the clinician to monitor the wedge sled assembly 153 and the knife portion. Μ% The position within the nail when propelled and retracted distally within the staple 50. Referring again to Fig. 56, it can be seen that a feedback gear 175 is provided on the drive train 1544 or on the wheel exit 1742 of the ui wheel assembly 1740. The feedback gear 175 is engaged with a tool position gear PM mounted on a threaded knife position shaft 1754. The knife position axis 1754 can be supported by a suitable bearing arrangement (not shown) that facilitates its free rotation. A proximal limit switch 176A is coupled to the proximal end 1756 20 of the shaft 1754, and a distal limit switch 177A is coupled to the distal end 1 of the shaft 1754. A knife indicator 1780 is threaded onto the knife position axis 1754 for distal and proximal movement on the knife position axis. When the drive shaft 1544 is caused to cause the wedge sled assembly 1530 and the knife portion 1538 to rotate distally through the magazine 5', the knife indicator 1780 also moves proximally toward the distal limit switch 177. Eth96425-End 56 200808254 The metaphysical limit switch 1770 is oriented such that when the wedge skid 〇 53 〇 and the knife portion 1538 are in the most distal position, the knife indicator 178 〇 actuates the distal limit switch 1770. A window is provided to the left casing member 33A (or the right casing member 320曰, depending on the position of the knife position axis 1754 within the casing assembly 3〇〇) 5 so that the clinician can see the knife indicator 178〇 The position is used to determine the position of the firing mechanism (wedge assembly 1530 and knife portion 1538) within its firing stroke and to provide the clinician with means for monitoring the position of the wedge assembly 1530 during the retraction stroke. Also in various embodiments, a distal auxiliary line 1772 extending from the gas supply line 050 to the remote limit switch 1770 can be provided. - The distal limit switch ^1774 can be provided between the distal limit switch 1770 and the directional control valve 161. Thus, when the wedge sled assembly 1530 and the knife portion 1538 have completed the bursting process and the knife indicator 178 is actuating the distal limit switch 177, the distal limit switch 1770 exaggerates the flow of gas from the supply line 4 65 under pressure. To the far side, make the switch line 1 774 and flow into the directional control valve! 6! In the case, this would cause the directional control valve 161() to automatically switch to the inverted position in various embodiments and thereby cause the air motor 1730 to reverse and eventually apply a reverse rotational motion to the drive shaft 1544. When the air motor 173 turns the drive shaft 1544, the reverse rotational motion is transmitted to the knife position shaft 1754 to thereby drive the knife position indicator to move back toward the proximal limit switch 176. A proximal auxiliary line π" = can extend between the proximal limit switch 丨 66 〇 and the gas supply line 65 ,, causing the field position finger 178 〇 to actuate the proximal limit switch 166 〇 (meaning wedge, lunar skid When 1530 and knife portion 1538 have been moved to their fully retracted position), proximal limit switch 1660 thus permits gas to flow into a proximal limit switch line eth96425-end 57 200808254 way 1664 and flow into directional control valve 161 to cause orientation The control valve 1610 automatically switches to the stop position. ίο 15 20 In various embodiments, the first whistle 1790 or other suitable sounding device can be in communication with the distal limit switch line 1774 (or the distal limit switch 177 ,), resulting in When the distal limit switch 177 is actuated at the end of the firing stroke, the first flute 1 is provided to the clinician by the air of the retracting limit switch line 774 - the audible signal indicates that the wedge sled/tool has reached the firing stroke Similarly, the second whistle (10) or other suitable sounding device can be in communication with the proximal limit switch 176, such that when the proximal limit switch 1760 is actuated at the end of the return stroke, The air passing over the proximal limit switch line 1764 causes the second air sling 1792 to provide the clinician with another audible signal indicating that the wedge sled/tool has reached the end of the retraction stroke. In one embodiment, 'for example, the battery Powered LEDs or other episodes can be associated with the distal and proximal limit switches (7 (μ to provide the user with a Γ Γ 4 / when the tool has reached the end of the firing stroke and / or the retraction stroke = 2 ^ In an alternative embodiment, the 'air squirt 179 〇, 1792 can be replaced with a pressure sensing or pressure gauge to indicate the end of the squeezing stroke. 1 饤 饤 彳 彳 彳 及 及 及 及 及 及 及 及 及 及 及 49 In each of the implementations shown in Fig. 56, the air motor is supported by the handle 绚 located in the distal ridge η. The motor drive shaft (10), at the gear 1548, the transmission gear meshes with the whirl, and the capture is recognized. % is the proximal drive return wheel 1562 of the enemy screw 1560. Figure 52 exemplifies the use of the joint joint 104 described in the distal installation month ij. Figure 52: Β 者 二 己 己 己 己 己 所 所 13 Use the same as eth96425-finished 58 5 10 15 20 200808254 The head configuration can also be matched with Putian Gan ^ This temple is connected to the side of the women's air motor remotely installed pneumatic ^ ^ This artist will understand this; the power loss encountered in the configuration is minimized, and the == drive total The inner and the firing and retracting movements are connected to the actuators, such as Fig. 52 and 52ϊ^_; that is, the joints are transmitted to the terminal 1710 and the m〇 passes, and the mi 施 example requires only two lines and (10) may include powering the motor 1730'. Other embodiments of the line (7) 0 transmission member through the joint are not required and the array may be constructed to provide the user with a cry - this is by monitoring the trip, In the second embodiment, the drive shaft or firing mechanism at I is set to the 仏 仏 addition. More specifically, and referring to Figure 53_55, this? The linkage assembly 1800, the feedback linkage/example may include a feedback including a right disc, the main cup (10), in a non-limiting embodiment of the mouth, the feedback shaft 1801, the shaft may be attached by a thread Connected to -j: the ground is installed in the relative position trigger 31〇, which: connect: the universal joint part of the two-feed gear read, the branch is manually returned to the knife position gear 1752. Each of the fixed & μ feedback wheel meshes /15; ^j 1〇^ ^, the getter shaft 1544 causes the firing mechanism in the form of a wedge and a knife portion to be driven to the far second = eth96425 - 槁 59 5 10 15 20 200808254 τ! ft: private). The feedback gear 1750 drives the knife position gear 1752, while the jog = manual manual feedback gear _. Then manually return the gear τ port feed shaft, which is driven by the screw 334 of the nut 334, and pulls the relative position trigger 310 to the grip portion of the handle assembly 3〇〇 to provide the clinician with a representative wedge slip . And the knife section knife 15 3 8 advancement, negative reputation /, the community one touched the buckle. Those skilled in the art will understand that if the =2 = relative position trigger 310, toward the handle assembly 300 丨! The dynamic feedback shaft 1801 and the nut 334 will prevent any of its eves, and the relative position triggers, and will (4) automatically pivot and advance the retraction and retraction of the wedge slip 1530 裎: 1538. This configuration to the clinician === her grasp of the relative position trigger in the whole process: :,: r heart assembly 1530 and knife part 1538 (fired mechanism) Qin and 4: ί automatic tactile indication. Therefore, the clinician does not have to look at any of this to give this feedback. This configuration provides the clinician with the progress of the firing mechanism between the position and the activated position and when the firing mechanism has moved from the activated position to the unactuated position (10). Each of the embodiments can be further advanced with another contact feedback configuration labeled 333 as a whole. For example, as shown in Fig. 53.56, the relative position trigger, the plate portion 332 can be provided with a series of relative position triggers 31 经 designed to be pivoted and retracted during the pivoting, with the pin 37 〇 pivoted The slot 335, the cymbal, the cymbal and the like which are mounted at the interface of one of the spring arms 337 in the handle assembly 300, although the attachment plate portion 332 is pulled with the relative position, the end of the spring arm 337 is turned off. Insert into each of the sequential slots 335 and apply a force to the upper attachment plate portion M2 with 乂 (sequence). This force is in the clinical eth96425-end 60 5 10 15 20 200808254. The physician grasps (4) the position trigger 31G, Time (four) sensory. (4) ^Lathe trigger MG, advance, the clinician will get - _ the additional tactile feedback movement of the library in the firing, to confirm the relative position X (and the final firing mechanism) to push back between the firing strokes ' Under what circumstances. Also, as the end of the slinger 33 7 7 掉 掉 每 每 每 每 每 每 每 每 每 每 每 每 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 可能 。 可能 。 Thus, this embodiment provides a series of (f::) improvements in the firing mechanism between the inactive position and the activated position. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the appliance (10) exhibits - far better than conventional air conditioning. It is to be noted that embodiments provide a means for the proximity sensor (wedge sled/tool) to be driven through its firing position. In some embodiments, when the wedge sled/tool 3 is at the end of its f-stroke Automatic retraction. Once in the fully retracted control valve, it can be automatically switched to the stop position to interrupt the air supply from the source (4) or = to the air motor 1730. However, if the bed chef wants to stop the wedge sled during the start-up process / The tool is pushed distally within the gas red or she can simply switch the control valve 161 () to the inverted position and 2 actuate the trigger 67 to supply the pressurized gas to the air motor 173G until the 2 slip/tool moves to the desired In addition, the unique and novel: the position trigger 31G' triggers the relative position trigger 31〇, 3 provides the clinician with a sensible manual or tactile feedback. In addition, the U teacher can slide in the wedge /The tool has reached the end of the firing stroke and/or has finished eth96425-Finished ίο 15 20 200808254 Acquires an audible signal when fully retracted. Newly resolved to the unique 500, 800 or bellows assembly provided by the stroke monitoring device _ Also: by:: push/pull flexible (not shown) or rigid embodiment) connect each of these transmission members to the upper attachment = Γ, 2 or relative position field 310, the other Partially causing these transmissions

的方文,和回^直接或間接地連結到相對位置扳機310, 切付。此獨特新穎配置亦可搭配下文 况明之貫施例使用。 W 構之:L所《回饋連桿總成1議不僅以—對應於擊發機 :二動;率的速率自動地移動相對位置板機31。,以= 師提供—用以監_發機構之進程的时,回饋連 才干、、心成1 8 0 0可利用螺奸+、3 a 士 t , 、 床醫細丰—絲 會有效地阻止或大幅限制臨 =手動樞轉相對位置扳機31G,之能力的其他 ==性實施例中’相對位置扳機310,會移動的時間 2㈣連桿總成使其移動之時。在更其他實施例中,可 一、七 甲未不)或另一貯氣瓶(圖中未 動扱機相對位ΐ扳機310’之手動移動。舉例來說,啟 、上之力量的出現會引起氣體釋放,但在擊發機 f開始移動之前,相對位置扳機3U),不被允許發生實質移 奋且萬一擊發機構停止移動,相對位置板機Η 也會隨之停止。 但在其他多個實施财,回馈連桿總成1800亦可被建 eth96425-完搞 62 200808254 ==1:具備在擊發行程期間以-氣動馬達⑽ 動構仲Μ旦構件的能力,以便在臨床醫師想要時對傳 舉例工二二止擊發機構推進。在此等實施例中^ 螺紋配f ^ 1 可被形成為具備—梯形螺紋或其他 们@ ’此等螺紋配置會實際許可臨床醫師對相 、立扳機310,施加塵力並藉此藉由其與螺母334之接人 ίο 15 20 =軸广L施加一旋轉力。由於將一旋轉運動加諸於軸° 於卷二床%師亦對齒輪18G4施加—旋轉力,該齒輪嗜合 ^、 ‘動軸1544上之齒輪Ρ50。因此,如果擊發機構 4遇阻力,臨床醫師可藉由擠壓相對位置扳機3ig,而對傳 動軸1/44施加機械產生的動力^果臨床醫師想要減緩或 阻止擊發機構之移動,臨床醫師可對相對位置扳機训,施 力,該扳機隨後抗拒/減緩軸18〇1及齒輪18〇4之旋轉且最 終抗拒/減緩傳動軸1544之旋轉。 以上所述各實施例係搭配一用以在壓力下供應氣體以 操作裝置的可移除貯氣瓶622使用。在各實施例中,可移 除貯氣瓶622可為一開始就裝填了高壓氣體且不可再填 充。舉例來說,貯氣瓶622可包括一裝填了二氧化碳的傳 統拋棄式貯氣瓶。一旦貯氣瓶用盡,使用者將其移離把手 總成並用一新的滿載貯氣瓶替換。其他可用氣體舉例來說 為壓鈿空氣,二氧化碳(C〇2)’氮氣,氧氣,氬氣,氦氣, 氫化鈉,丙烷,異丁烷,丁烷,氟氣碳化物類,二曱基醚, 甲基乙基醚’氧化亞氮,氫氟烷類(Hfa ) : HFA 134a (1,1,1,2,-四氟乙烷)或 HFA 227 ( 1,1,1,2,3,3,3_七氟丙 eth96425-完搞 63 200808254 炫)。此配置提供一遠優於習知氣動外科器具配置的改 但該器具可供使用的次數取決於此等貯氣瓶内可儲( 體體積以及有效地維持裝置無菌性之需求。 * 本發明其他實施例使用之貯氣瓶622儲存了在一儲存 壓力下呈液態且當裝置作動後處於一較低壓力下時轉 氣態的氣體。可用在這些實施例中之液體的實例包括氧化 亞虱,二甲基醚,甲基乙基醚,氫化鈉,丙烷,異丁烷, 丁烷’氫氟烷類(HFA): HFAl34a (1,1,1,2,_四氟乙:) ίο 15 20 或1^ 227 ( 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-七氟丙烷)’及較高壓下的 化碳(co2)。 — 圖57例示一貯氣瓶622之非限制性實例,其内裝有前 文2述液態物624之一者。貯氣瓶622可由鋼、鋁或其他 相容於其内儲存之液體/蒸氣且能夠承受其内產生之内部 壓力的材料製成。當使用本說明書所述類型之外科哭具 時,臨床醫師經常要以多種位置(包括上下顛倒的:置) 翻轉把手總成300以達成終端作用器12之期望位置。因 此,在這些實施例中,為防止液體在此類操縱過程中不合 期望地離開貯氣瓶622移到控制系統内,一膜片626提供 於貯氣瓶622内。膜片626可由阻止液態物通過但許可由 该液體形成之蒸氣628通過膜片626的材料製成。因此, 臨床醫師可自由操縱把手總成3〇〇而不會有液態物624進 ^定向控制閥1610及/或氣動馬達173〇内的風險。儘管貯 氣瓶622被示為一體式構造,貯氣瓶622可用二或更多部 件製成以利液態物624和膜片626安裝於其内。可利用適 eth96425·完稱 64 200808254 當岔封構件建立此實施例中貯氣瓶各部分之間的液密密 封。又’可提供一裝填埠(圖中未示)以填充貯氣瓶。 在圖57所示實施例中,當臨床醫師將定向控制閥1610 切換到前進位置並作動比例闕66〇時,貯氣瓶奶内之壓 5域小、。此種壓力減小會導致液態物624開始氣化,且蒸 ,628通過膜片626並用來向前文所述各種控制系統供 能三因此,藉由減小貯氣瓶622内之壓力,液態物開 始氣化且利用加壓蒸氣628向裝置供能。 其他實施例可使用需要燃燒作用使液態物轉變成其氣 10態的液態物。此等液態物的實例為丙烷、丁烷及其他石化 產物二可利用一傳統按鈕點火器或其他點火器系統來點燃 該液態物。在此等應用中,裝置之其他組件會由能夠安全 地發散因此產生之任何熱能/煙的材料及方式製造。更其他 實施例可使用經特殊設計在一低壓和低溫下經由熱之輸入 15 固態轉變成液態、從固態轉變成氣態或從液態轉變成 氣態的相變材料。此等材料之實例為石蠟以及鈉之各種混 a物這些相餐材料可能隨熱輸入到系統而有大量體積變 化。此等裝置會使用一器件譬如燃燒器以向該材料提供必 要熱能。又,這些裝置可能暴露於此熱的組件會被設計成 2〇在使用期間安全地散熱並保護臨床醫師並由達成此目標的 材料建構。 圖57所示實施例可用在前文所述各種不同類型之貯氣 瓶且提供許多優於貯氣瓶係永久性安裝在把手總成3〇〇内 之其他實施例的優點。更特定言之且參照圖57,貯氣瓶622 65 eth96425-完搞 200808254 二Γ:在a形成於把手總成300之握把部分342中的腔穴 5 易八門。的/進制出腔穴6 71,握把部分3 4 2可為由二個可輕 广:,、β件製成或是具備—與其扣接或經其他方式可移 ==接的可移除蓋板(圖中未示)。在各實施例中,料 L内之^端630旋入—管集箱塊632之一有螺紋埠口 螺紋埠口 634與一供氣通道636連通,該供氣 針閥:38,及關閉。特定言之,在各實施例中, , 夂入官集箱塊632内致使供氣通道636可因轉動 10 配置。 針閥638而被開啟和關閉。但亦可採用其他閥或流量控制 酉己a 。 一為了在使用期間向臨床醫師提供貯氣瓶壓力之一指 不,可將一傳統壓力計640安裝為與供氣通道636流體連 通。一壓力計窺視窗642可提供在握把部分342中以讓使 用者能在使用中觀看壓力計640。參見圖49。 15 如圖57和58所示,貯氣瓶622可被支承在一可卸式握 把邛分342内,該握把部分可移除地附接於一從主要把手 部分340向下突出的主要附著部分344。可卸式握把部分 342可藉由任何適當配置與主要附著部分344接合。舉例 來說’依據各實施例,可卸式握把部分342與主要附著部 20分344之接合可藉由一如圖所示之直線性滑動配置實現。 如圖所示,例如在圖57_59及61中,可釋握把部分342更 包括第一和第二上部滑軌367及第一和第二下部滑執 368。 亦如這些圖式所示,第一上部滑軌367界定一斜面 369。 上部滑軌367被設計成欲收納在由鑲板38〇和382 eth9642 5-完稱 66 200808254 界定於主要把手部分340中之對應區域似内。 外科器具可更進-步包括一閉鎖系統19〇〇。例如在 59及64-69中更詳細示出的閉鎖系統19〇〇經建構配^ 5 tr;握把部分342與主要附著部分344分開預定次數 後阻私主要附者部分344與可卸式握把部分⑷之連 二:預數可為任何次數。此配置可能特別有利於藉 由限制一I置可使用之次數來確保裝置之無菌性得到有效 、、隹持。舉例來δ兄’依據各實施例,閉鎖系統丄剛可在可 】〇 =握分342拆離主要附著部分344兩次之後阻擔主要 、者^刀344連接到可卸式握把部分⑷。儘管圖中顯示 閉鎖系統1900大部分位在主要殼體部分34〇内,應理解到 依據其他實施例閉鎖系統i 9 〇 〇可為大部分位在 把部分342内。 如圖59所示,閉鎖系統1900包括一計數器19〇2,及 一耦接於計數器1902的阻隔總成19〇4。計數器19〇2經建 構配置成在可卸式握把部分342拆離把手總成3〇〇之主 ㈣部分344時推進。如圖59所示,計數器、19〇2連接到 軸1906,該軸被一連接到右邊機殼構件32〇的轂19卯 支承。計數器1902包括一耦接於軸1906的分度輪1910 , 及一耦接於分度輪1910的偏動構件1912。偏動構件ΐ9ΐ2 舉例來§兄可包括一經建構用以使分度輪191〇依一逆時針 方向偏動的扭轉彈簧。參見圖59。 分度輪1910界定突出部1914、1914,、1914”,該等突 出部與阻隔總成1904合作以限制分度輪191〇之推= eth96425·完槁 67 200808254 出部之一者1914”經建構配置用以與阻隔總成1904合作以 在握把部分342拆離主要附著部分344預定次數之後阻擔 了卸式握把部分342連接到主要附著部分344。儘管分产 輪1910被示為界定突出部1914、1914,、1914”,應理^ 5到依據其他實施例,分度輪1910可界定與阻隔總成19〇4 合作以限制分度輪1910推進的缺口,且該等缺口之一者可The square, and the back ^ are directly or indirectly connected to the relative position trigger 310, cut. This unique and novel configuration can also be used in conjunction with the following examples. W: The "return link assembly 1" of L means not only corresponds to the firing machine: two movements; the rate of the rate automatically moves relative position plate 31. , provided by the teacher - to supervise the process of the organization, give back to the talents, and the heart can be used to use the singer +, 3 a s t, and the bed doctor will effectively block Or significantly limit Pro = manual pivoting relative position trigger 31G, the ability of the other == embodiment of the 'relative position trigger 310, will move the time 2 (four) the link assembly to make it move. In still other embodiments, one or seven of the seven can be used, or another gas cylinder (the unscrewing machine in the figure is opposite to the trigger 310' of the manual movement. For example, the emergence of the power of the start and the upper The gas is released, but before the firing machine f starts to move, the relative position trigger 3U) is not allowed to actually move and if the firing mechanism stops moving, the relative position trigger will stop. However, in other implementations, the feedback link assembly 1800 can also be built eth96425-finished 62 200808254 ==1: has the ability to move the sinusoidal components with the air motor during the firing stroke to facilitate clinical When the doctor wants to push the example, the second and second stop firing mechanism is promoted. In these embodiments, the threaded fitting f^1 can be formed to have a trapezoidal thread or their threading configuration would actually permit the clinician to apply dust to the phase and trigger 310 and thereby thereby Connecting with the nut 334 ίο 15 20 = A wide axis L applies a rotational force. Since a rotational motion is applied to the shaft, the shifting force is applied to the gear 18G4, and the gear is incompatible with the gear Ρ 50 on the moving shaft 1544. Thus, if the firing mechanism 4 encounters resistance, the clinician can apply mechanically generated power to the drive shaft 11/4 by squeezing the relative position trigger 3ig. The clinician wants to slow or prevent the movement of the firing mechanism, the clinician can The relative position triggers the force, which then resists/slows the rotation of the shaft 18〇1 and the gear 18〇4 and ultimately resists/slows the rotation of the drive shaft 1544. The various embodiments described above are used in conjunction with a removable gas cylinder 622 for supplying gas under pressure to operate the device. In various embodiments, the removable gas cylinder 622 can be filled with high pressure gas from the beginning and can no longer be refilled. For example, the gas cylinder 622 can include a conventional disposable gas cylinder filled with carbon dioxide. Once the gas cylinder is used up, the user removes it from the handle assembly and replaces it with a new fully loaded gas cylinder. Other available gases are, for example, compressed air, carbon dioxide (C〇2) 'nitrogen, oxygen, argon, helium, sodium hydride, propane, isobutane, butane, fluorine gas carbides, dinonyl ethers. , methyl ethyl ether 'nitrous oxide, hydrofluoroalkane (Hfa ) : HFA 134a (1,1,1,2,-tetrafluoroethane) or HFA 227 ( 1,1,1,2,3, 3,3_heptafluoropropene eth96425- finished 63 200808254 Hyun). This configuration provides a much better alternative to conventional pneumatic surgical instrument configurations, but the number of times the device is available depends on the volume of storage in the gas cylinder and the need to effectively maintain the sterility of the device. * Others of the invention The gas cylinder 622 used in the embodiment stores a gas which is in a liquid state under a storage pressure and is in a gaseous state when the device is operated at a lower pressure. Examples of the liquid usable in these embodiments include cerium oxide, Methyl ether, methyl ethyl ether, sodium hydride, propane, isobutane, butane 'hydrofluoroalkane (HFA): HFAl34a (1,1,1,2,_tetrafluoroethane:) ίο 15 20 or 1^ 227 (1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane)' and higher pressure carbon (co2). - Figure 57 illustrates a non-limiting example of a gas cylinder 622, which contains There is one of the liquids 624 described above. The gas cylinder 622 can be made of steel, aluminum or other materials compatible with the liquid/vapor stored therein and capable of withstanding the internal pressure generated therein. When talking about types of crying, clinicians often have multiple positions (including upside down: The handle assembly 300 is flipped over to achieve the desired position of the end effector 12. Thus, in these embodiments, a film is prevented from moving undesirably away from the gas cylinder 622 into the control system during such manipulations. The sheet 626 is provided in a gas cylinder 622. The diaphragm 626 can be made of a material that blocks the passage of liquid but permits vapor 628 formed by the liquid to pass through the membrane 626. Thus, the clinician can freely manipulate the handle assembly. There is no risk of liquid 624 entering the directional control valve 1610 and/or the air motor 173. Although the gas cylinder 622 is shown in a unitary configuration, the gas cylinder 622 can be made from two or more components to facilitate liquid production. The object 624 and the diaphragm 626 are mounted therein. The etheal sealing member can be used to establish a liquid-tight seal between the parts of the gas cylinder in this embodiment when the sealing member is used. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 57, when the clinician switches the directional control valve 1610 to the forward position and operates at a ratio of 阙66〇, the pressure in the reservoir bottle is small, This pressure reduction will lead The liquid 624 begins to vaporize and is vaporized, 628 through the membrane 626 and is used to energize the various control systems described above. Thus, by reducing the pressure within the gas cylinder 622, the liquid begins to vaporize and utilizes pressurized vapor. 628 provides energy to the apparatus. Other embodiments may use liquids that require combustion to convert liquids into their gas state 10. Examples of such liquids are propane, butane, and other petrochemical products. A conventional push button igniter may be utilized. Or other igniter system to ignite the liquid. In such applications, other components of the device may be fabricated from materials and means that are capable of safely dissipating any heat/smoke generated thereby. Still other embodiments may use phase change materials that have been specifically engineered to convert to a liquid state, a solid state to a gaseous state, or a liquid state to a gaseous state via a hot input 15 at a low pressure and a low temperature. Examples of such materials are paraffin wax and various blends of sodium. These meal materials may vary in volume as heat is input into the system. Such devices use a device such as a burner to provide the necessary thermal energy to the material. Again, components that may be exposed to heat from these devices will be designed to safely dissipate heat during use and protect the clinician and construct the material to achieve this goal. The embodiment shown in Fig. 57 can be used with the various types of gas cylinders described above and provides many advantages over other embodiments in which the gas cylinder is permanently mounted within the handle assembly 3〇〇. More specifically, and referring to Fig. 57, the gas cylinder 622 65 eth96425 - finished 200808254 two: the cavity 5 formed in the grip portion 342 of the handle assembly 300 is easy. / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / In addition to the cover (not shown). In various embodiments, the end 630 of the material L is screwed into - one of the tube header blocks 632 has a threaded opening. The threaded opening 634 is in communication with an air supply passage 636, the supply needle valve: 38, and closed. In particular, in various embodiments, breaking into the official header block 632 causes the air supply passage 636 to be configured for rotation 10. The needle valve 638 is opened and closed. However, other valves or flow control can be used. A conventional pressure gauge 640 can be installed in fluid communication with the air supply passage 636 in order to provide the clinician with a cylinder pressure during use. A pressure gauge window 642 can be provided in the grip portion 342 to allow the user to view the pressure gauge 640 in use. See Figure 49. As shown in Figures 57 and 58, the gas cylinder 622 can be supported within a removable grip portion 342 that is removably attached to a main portion that projects downwardly from the main handle portion 340. Attached portion 344. The detachable grip portion 342 can be engaged with the primary attachment portion 344 by any suitable configuration. For example, in accordance with various embodiments, the engagement of the removable grip portion 342 with the primary attachment portion 20 344 can be accomplished by a linear sliding configuration as shown. As shown, for example, in Figures 57-59 and 61, the release grip portion 342 further includes first and second upper rails 367 and first and second lower slides 368. As also shown in these figures, the first upper rail 367 defines a ramp 369. The upper rail 367 is designed to be received within a corresponding area defined by the panels 38A and 382 eth9642 5-final 66 200808254 in the main handle portion 340. The surgical instrument can further include a locking system 19A. For example, the latching system 19, shown in more detail in 59 and 64-69, is configured to be detached; the grip portion 342 is separated from the primary attachment portion 344 by a predetermined number of times to block the main attachment portion 344 and the detachable grip. Connect part (4) to the second: the number can be any number of times. This configuration may be particularly advantageous in ensuring that the sterility of the device is effective, maintained, by limiting the number of times an I can be used. For example, according to various embodiments, the latching system 阻 can be coupled to the detachable grip portion (4) after the detachment 342 is removed from the main attachment portion 344 twice. Although the figure shows that the latching system 1900 is mostly located within the main housing portion 34A, it should be understood that the latching system i9 can be in the majority of the portion 342 in accordance with other embodiments. As shown in FIG. 59, the latching system 1900 includes a counter 19〇2, and a blocking assembly 19〇4 coupled to the counter 1902. The counter 19〇2 is configured to advance as the detachable grip portion 342 is detached from the main (four) portion 344 of the handle assembly 3〇〇. As shown in Fig. 59, the counter, 19〇2, is coupled to a shaft 1906 which is supported by a hub 19卯 connected to the right casing member 32〇. The counter 1902 includes an indexing wheel 1910 coupled to the shaft 1906 and a biasing member 1912 coupled to the indexing wheel 1910. The biasing member ΐ9ΐ2 may include a torsion spring constructed to bias the indexing wheel 191 in a counterclockwise direction. See Figure 59. The indexing wheel 1910 defines protrusions 1914, 1914, 1914" that cooperate with the blocking assembly 1904 to limit the indexing wheel 191's push = eth96425 · 槁 67 200808254 one of the parts 1914" constructed It is configured to cooperate with the barrier assembly 1904 to resist the attachment of the unloading grip portion 342 to the primary attachment portion 344 after the grip portion 342 has been detached from the primary attachment portion 344 a predetermined number of times. Although the distribution wheel 1910 is shown as defining the protrusions 1914, 1914, 1914", it is to be understood that, according to other embodiments, the indexing wheel 1910 can be defined to cooperate with the blocking assembly 19〇4 to limit the advancement of the indexing wheel 1910. Gap, and one of the gaps can

在握把部分342拆離主要附著部分344預定次數之後與阻 隔總成1904合作藉以阻擋可卸式握把部分342連 附著部分344。 I 10 軸1906經建構配置用 口干为度輪1 910重設到 15 20 位置。舉例來說,軸1906可界定一六角形開口 i9i6,且 一六角形工具可穿過左邊機殼構件33〇之一 =圖_插人六㈣開π1910,然後依順時針方向轉不 動猎以將分度輪1910重設到一先前位置。 如圖59所示,阻隔總成19〇4包括一阻 一阻隔構件導件1922、—閘構件聰、及— =6。間構件1924與阻隔構件i92〇 件1924。偏動二9:::來偏、動,二26耦接於閘構 間構件1924依一順時針方Ά兄可包括一經建構用以使 64-69更詳細地戈明乂 °偏動的扭轉彈簧。以下參照圖 文手、、,田地呪明閉鎖系統1900之操作。 如圖所示,例如圖59-63斛- 4 ^ 建構配置用以起始可卸戈 J,把手總成3GG包括-經 了卸式握把部分342脫離主要附著部分 eth96425-完搞 68 200808254 344之作用的釋放系統193〇。釋放系統193〇位於主要附著 $分344内且包括一釋放鈕1932,及連接或整合於釋放鈕 的弟和弟一釋放構件1934。第一和第二釋放構件 1934各自界定一釋放斜面1936。釋放系統193〇更包括與 5相應釋放斜面1936接觸的第一和第二釋放銷1938,與第 和第—釋放銷1938接觸的第一和第二鎖簧1940,及與 第和第二下部滑執368接觸的第一和第二頂出簧丨942。 參見圖62。如圖59所示,彈簧194〇之自由端1941穿過 右邊機殼構件320中之一對應孔321及左邊機殼構件33〇 1〇中之一對應孔331伸入上部滑軌367中之對應孔372内藉 以使可卸式握把部分342保持與主要附著部分344接合。 要起始可卸式握把部分342脫離握把附著部分344之作 用時,使釋放鈕1932推進,導致第一和第二釋放構件1934 及相應釋放斜面1936亦推進。隨著釋放斜面1936推進, 15釋放斜面1936導致第一和第二釋放銷1938改變位置。第 一和第一釋放銷1938之相應位置的改變會導致第一和第 二鎖簧1940往上移出上部滑執367之孔372外一充分量以 允許第一和第二上部滑軌367脫離其與鎖簧之接合。隨著 可卸式握把部分342從主要握把附著部分344移開,第一 20 =第二頂出簧1942每一者釋放其儲存的能量,從而分別對 第一和第二下部滑軌368施予一力。此力協助可卸式握把 部分342脫離主要握把附著部分344。應理解到依據其他 實施例,釋放系統1930可包括適於起始可卸式握把部分 342釋離主要握把附著部分344之作用的其他組件及/或組 eth96425-完搞 69 200808254 態。 參照圖57和58,供氣通道636之遠端637有一點639 形成於其上以讓遠端637能夠刺穿安裝在主要附著部分 344中之一封閉管集室644内之無菌密封膜片646。特定言 5 之,供氣通道636之遠端637插穿過管集室644之一埠口 645。無菌膜片646可由能被消毒的任何適當可刺破材料製 成,在供氣通道636之遠端637插穿過時於其間達成一大 致液密或氣密密封,且在供氣通道636之遠端637移開時 仍維持管集室644内之區域的無菌性。 10 亦如圖57和58所示,供氣線路650流體耦合於管集室 644致使從供氣線路636進入管集室644之加壓氣體流入 供氣線路650内。圖57例示附接於主要附著部分644之前 的可卸式握把部分342。圖58例示附接於主要附著部分344 的握把部分342。如圖58所示,供氣通道636之遠端637 15 已刺穿無菌膜片646。為協助供氣通道636之遠端637插 穿過無菌膜片,一壓縮彈簧649提供在可卸式握把部分342 之壁與管集箱塊632之間。此配置在供氣通道636之遠端 637插穿過膜片646之時向管集箱塊632提供一些''彈性〃。 圖64-69例示閉鎖系統1900在附接/分開程序期間不同 20 時間其組件之相對位置。圖64例示握把部分342首次完全 接合於主要附著部分344之前的相對位置。閘構件1924 與突出部1914接觸藉以阻止分度輪1910推進。 握把部分342藉由滑軌637推入對應通道384内而附接 於附著部分344。阻隔構件1920穿過鑲板380之一孔381 70 eth96425-完槁 200808254 伸入通道384之-者内。參見圖59。隨著第一和第二上部 滑執367推進,第一上部滑執367之一者上的斜面⑽觸 石亚阻隔構件1920且導致該阻隔構件往上朝分度輪 動。隨著阻隔構件1920朝分度輪191〇推進,阻隔構件192〇 5導致閉構件1924從分度輪191〇移開。參見圖&。隨著第 一上部滑執367及斜面369持續推進,阻隔構件192〇持續 朝分f輪191〇推進。當握把部分352完全接合於主要部分 351時,阻隔構件1920觸碰原本與閘構件^以接觸的突 出部1914,從而如圖66所示阻止分度輪191〇推進。 1〇 ——在握把部分342開始脫離主要附著部分344後,第一和 第二上部滑轨367以相反方向推進,第一上部滑執367界 =的斜面369允許阻隔構件1920從分度輪191〇移開。隨 著阻隔構件1920從分度輪1910移開,阻隔構件192〇允許 閘構件1924朝分度輪191〇推進且如圖67所示跳過突出部 15 1914。隨著握把部分342拆離主要附接部分,阻隔構 件1920從分度輪1910移開夠遠以鬆開其與突出部1914 之接觸且允許分度輪1910轉動直到一第二突出部1914,如 圖68所示與閘構件1924發生接觸為止。 此日守计數為1902已推進一個位置,且握把部分342能 20夠再次附接於主要附著部分3料。附接/分開循環可重複進 行。圖68例示第二次再附接程序。當握把部分342完全接 合於主要附著部分344,阻隔構件192〇如圖69所示觸碰 突出部1914”藉此阻止分度輪1910推進。在第二循環之末 缟,當握把部分342脫離主要附著部分344時,閘構件1924 eth96425-完槁 ίο 15 20 200808254 如圖69所示觸碰一第三突出部1914”。第 經建構配置用以藉由阻隔構件192()阻 =1914” 度輪1910移開,你而阳μ 士通κ # 再件1924從分 把…42 : 要附著部分344再次附接於握 才―4刀342 (或附接於一替換握把部分)。因此,二After the grip portion 342 is detached from the primary attachment portion 344 a predetermined number of times, it cooperates with the barrier assembly 1904 to block the detachable grip portion 342 from attaching the portion 344. The I 10 Axis 1906 is configured for use with the dry mouth for the wheel 1 910 to the 15 20 position. For example, the shaft 1906 can define a hexagonal opening i9i6, and a hexagonal tool can pass through one of the left casing members 33 = Fig. _ insert six (four) open π 1910, and then turn clockwise to hunt The indexing wheel 1910 is reset to a previous position. As shown in Fig. 59, the barrier assembly 19〇4 includes a barrier member guide member 1922, a gate member Cong, and —=6. The member 1924 and the barrier member i92 are members 1924. The biasing 2:9:: is biased and moved, and the second 26 is coupled to the inter-gate member 1924. According to a clockwise square, the brother can include a twist to the 64-69 in more detail. spring. Referring now to the drawings, the operation of the field lockout system 1900 is described. As shown, for example, Figure 59-63斛- 4 ^ construction configuration to initiate the detachable G, the handle assembly 3GG includes - the detachable grip portion 342 is detached from the main attachment portion eth96425 - Finish 68 200808254 344 The acting release system 193〇. The release system 193 is located within the primary attachment 344 and includes a release button 1932, and a release member 1934 that is coupled or integrated with the release button. The first and second release members 1934 each define a release ramp 1936. The release system 193 further includes first and second release pins 1938 in contact with the respective release ramps 1936, first and second lock springs 1940 in contact with the first and second release pins 1938, and slides with the first and second lower portions The first and second ejection springs 942 that are in contact with 368 are engaged. See Figure 62. As shown in FIG. 59, the free end 1941 of the spring 194 穿过 passes through a corresponding hole 321 of the right casing member 320 and a corresponding hole 331 of the left casing member 33〇1 伸 extends into the upper rail 367. The aperture 372 is thereby secured to engage the removable grip portion 342 with the primary attachment portion 344. To initiate the action of the detachable grip portion 342 from the grip attachment portion 344, the release button 1932 is advanced, causing the first and second release members 1934 and the corresponding release ramp 1936 to also advance. As the release ramp 1936 advances, the 15 release ramp 1936 causes the first and second release pins 1938 to change position. A change in the corresponding position of the first and first release pins 1938 causes the first and second lock springs 1940 to move upwardly out of the aperture 372 of the upper slide 367 by a sufficient amount to allow the first and second upper slide rails 367 to disengage therefrom. Engagement with the lock spring. As the detachable grip portion 342 is removed from the primary grip attachment portion 344, the first 20 = second ejector spring 1942 each releases its stored energy, thereby respectively aligning the first and second lower rails 368 Give a force. This force assists the detachable grip portion 342 from being disengaged from the primary grip attachment portion 344. It should be understood that, in accordance with other embodiments, the release system 1930 can include other components and/or groups that are adapted to initiate the action of the removable grip portion 342 from the primary grip attachment portion 344 eth96425 - completion 69 200808254. Referring to Figures 57 and 58, a distal end 637 of the air supply passage 636 has a point 639 formed thereon to allow the distal end 637 to pierce the sterile sealing membrane 646 mounted in one of the primary attachment portions 344 in the closed tube collection chamber 644. . Specifically, the distal end 637 of the air supply passage 636 is inserted through a port 645 of the manifold 644. The sterile membrane 646 can be made of any suitable puncturable material that can be sterilized, with a substantially liquid or hermetic seal therebetween as the distal end 637 of the gas supply passage 636 is inserted therethrough, and is far from the gas supply passage 636. The sterility of the area within the tube collection chamber 644 is maintained while the end 637 is removed. 10 also as shown in Figures 57 and 58, the gas supply line 650 is fluidly coupled to the manifold 644 such that pressurized gas entering the manifold 644 from the supply line 636 flows into the supply line 650. Figure 57 illustrates the detachable grip portion 342 attached prior to the primary attachment portion 644. FIG. 58 illustrates the grip portion 342 attached to the main attachment portion 344. As shown in Figure 58, the distal end 637 15 of the air supply passage 636 has pierced the sterile diaphragm 646. To assist insertion of the distal end 637 of the air supply passage 636 through the sterile diaphragm, a compression spring 649 is provided between the wall of the removable grip portion 342 and the header block 632. This configuration provides some ''elastic 〃' to the header block 632 as the distal end 637 of the air supply passage 636 is inserted through the diaphragm 646. Figures 64-69 illustrate the relative positions of the components of the latching system 1900 at different times during the attachment/separation procedure. Figure 64 illustrates the relative position of the grip portion 342 prior to first fully engaging the primary attachment portion 344. The shutter member 1924 is in contact with the projection 1914 to prevent the indexing wheel 1910 from advancing. The grip portion 342 is attached to the attachment portion 344 by the slide rail 637 being pushed into the corresponding passage 384. The barrier member 1920 extends through the aperture 381 70 eth96425-end 200808254 of the panel 380 into the channel 384. See Figure 59. As the first and second upper slides 367 advance, the ramp (10) on one of the first upper slides 367 strikes the stone barrier member 1920 and causes the barrier member to rotate upwardly toward the indexing. As the barrier member 1920 is advanced toward the indexing wheel 191, the blocking member 192A 5 causes the closure member 1924 to move away from the indexing wheel 191. See figure & As the first upper slide 367 and the ramp 369 continue to advance, the blocking member 192 continues to advance toward the minute f wheel 191. When the grip portion 352 is fully engaged with the main portion 351, the blocking member 1920 touches the projection 1914 which is originally in contact with the shutter member, thereby preventing the indexing wheel 191 from being advanced as shown in FIG. 1〇 - After the grip portion 342 begins to disengage from the primary attachment portion 344, the first and second upper slide rails 367 are advanced in opposite directions, and the first upper slide 367 boundary = slope 369 allows the barrier member 1920 to pass from the indexing wheel 191 〇 Remove. As the barrier member 1920 is removed from the indexing wheel 1910, the blocking member 192A allows the shutter member 1924 to advance toward the indexing wheel 191 and skips the projection 15 1914 as shown in FIG. As the grip portion 342 is detached from the primary attachment portion, the barrier member 1920 is moved away from the indexing wheel 1910 far enough to release its contact with the projection 1914 and allows the indexing wheel 1910 to rotate until a second projection 1914, As shown in Fig. 68, contact with the shutter member 1924. This day-to-day count of 1902 has advanced one position and the grip portion 342 can be reattached to the primary attachment portion 3 again. The attach/separate loop can be repeated. Figure 68 illustrates a second reattachment procedure. When the grip portion 342 is fully engaged with the primary attachment portion 344, the barrier member 192" touches the projection 1914 as shown in Figure 69" thereby preventing the indexing wheel 1910 from advancing. At the end of the second cycle, when the grip portion 342 Upon disengagement from the primary attachment portion 344, the shutter member 1924 eth96425-end 槁ίο 15 20 200808254 touches a third projection 1914" as shown in FIG. The first configuration is configured to be removed by the blocking member 192 () resistance = 1914" wheel 1910, and you are yang shi tong κ #再件 1924 from the branch ... 42 : the attachment portion 344 is attached to the grip again ―4 knife 342 (or attached to a replacement grip part). Therefore, two

貫施例,該外科器具有效地為兩次使用型哭且 據I 技藝者會理解到如果分度輪1910界定更/突m習此 即可增加使用次數。 ^或缺口 圖70_83例示依據本發明之另一 割及緊固裝置3 010 ’其向臨床醫師提供監測擊發行夕程科: 程的能力同時亦提供手動縮回該裝置之擊發組件的丁=進 此貫施例可搭配前文所述終端作用器12或 器配置使用。 、細作用 此實施例之長形脊總成侧可包括—附接於— 段3H)6的近側脊段綱。在#代實施例中,長形脊 3102可包括一單一組件。長形脊總成31〇2大致中*且 可動地耦接於殼體總成300。如圖79和80所示,ς 段之近端3105可藉由一從右邊機殼構件32〇突出之右附接 樁3110及一從左邊機殼構件33〇突出之左附接樁m2 接於殼體總成。長形脊構件31〇2之遠端可依前文所述 耦接於長槽道20。 & 又’在此實施例中,一長形閉合管3190從把手總成3〇〇 延伸到終端作用器12。閉合管3190之遠端3192有—穿透 的馬蹄形孔3194且用來在閉合管319〇於脊構件31〇2上軸 向地移動依前文所述方式與砧4〇上之開/關舌片粍互動。 eth96425 -完搞 72 200808254 5 10 15 20 如圖71所示,一藉由連桿總成43〇耦接於閉合扳機3〇2 的梭總成3400被支承在主殼體部分34〇内。梭總成34〇〇 亦可由以一聚合物或其他適當材料模製或其他方式製造且 經設計要配合在一起的二個部件3402、3404構成。部件 3402、3404可由扣接構件及/或黏著劑及/或螺栓、螺釘、 夾子、及類似物固持在一起。梭總成34〇〇之右邊部分 具有一右止動凸緣區段3405,該右止動凸緣區段適於與梭 總成3400左邊部分3404上之一左止動凸緣區段(圖中未 示)合作形成一可依前文所述方式伸入長形閉合管319q 之近端3196之一止動溝(圖中未示)㈣止動凸緣總成。 長形脊構件3 102之近端3 104伸入形成於梭總成34〇〇之遠 端中的開口 3403内,且藉由延伸穿過分別位在右邊部分 3402及左适邛分3404中之開口 3406的右止動樁311〇及 開口 3408的左止動樁3112不可動地附接於右邊機殼構件 320。此外,梭總成3400具備側向延伸的導軌34丨〇、34丨i。 軌道3410建構為可滑動地收納在右邊機殼構件之一對 =軌道導件内,且軌道3411建構為可滑動地收納在左邊機 入,件33〇之一對應執道導件内。因此,梭總成3400及閉 :管3190可相對於附接於把手總成300之脊總成3102軸 杬〜、成3400及長形閉合管319〇在遠側方向(箭頭、、〇 移動係由閉合扳機302朝把手總成则之握把部 私動產生,且梭總成3400在近側方向(箭頭、、jy/ ) 之軸向移動係由閉合扳機302移離握把部分342產生。 eth96425-完稹 73 200808254 5 在各實施例中,梭總成3400具備一讓閉合連桿總成3430 與其附接的連接器舌片3412。參見圖71和72。閉合連桿 總成3430包含一藉由一銷3414可樞轉地銷接於連接器舌 片3412的軛部分3432。閉合連桿總成343〇更有一閉合臂 3434’該閉合臂如圖71所示藉由一閉合銷4刊可枢轉^銷 接於一形成在閉合扳機302上之軛總成3〇4。閉合扳機3〇2 藉由一延伸於右邊機殼構件320與左邊機殼部分33〇之間 的樞軸銷306可樞轉地安裝在把手總成3〇〇内。 10 15 當臨床醫師想要關閉砧4 〇並將組織夾緊於終端作用器 12内時,臨床醫師將扳機302拉往握把部分342。隨著臨 床醫師將閉合扳機302拉往握把部分342,閉合連桿她成 3430依遠側、、C〃方向移動梭總成34〇〇直到閉合連桿總成 3430移至圖71所不鎖定位置為止。當處於該位置時,連 桿總成3430會傾向於將梭總成34〇〇保持在該鎖定位置。 Ik著梭總成3400移到鎖定位置’閉合管3丨在脊她成 3102上往遠側移動,導致砧40上之關閉/開啟舌片被 閉合管區段3190之遠端3192之馬蹄形孔3194之近端碰觸 從而將砧40樞轉至關閉(夾緊)位置。為更進一步使梭始 成3400保持在關閉位置,可使用—如前所述之鎖 / 20 301 。 如前所述’本發明各實施例利用—獨特新穎回縮桿總成 4000讓臨床醫師能夠監測擊發和回縮行程之進程並且提 #手動'縮回-擊發桿4030之能力。如圖72所示,回縮桿 總、成4_包含-可滑動地銷接於—推桿侧的回縮桿 eth96425-完撝 74 200808254 4010。特定言之,回縮桿4010有一穿透的長形槽孔4012, 該槽孔經訂定大小可滑動地接收二個銷4014以供將回縮 桿4010附接於推桿4020。一回縮握把4016可附接於回縮 桿4010之近端4011。 5 推桿4020有一經設計用以與一長形擊發桿4030之近端 交界的遠端4022。如圖72所示,擊發桿4030之近端4032 有一形成於其上的連接器部分4034,該連接器部分經訂定 大小用以接收推桿4020遠端4022中之一對應造型連接器 孔4024。因此,可利用推桿4020為一擊發行程依遠側方 10 向轴向地推動擊發桿4 0 3 0或是為一回縮行程依近侧方向 拉動擊發桿4030。熟習此技藝者會理解到擊發桿4030延 伸通過脊總成3102。在替代實施例中,擊發桿4030可有 一矩形、方形或類似的橫截面形狀且如前所述附接於刀具 總成30之遠端3 1或是連接到不同類型之刀桿及其他需要 15 一轴向運動予以作動的終端作用器組件。 圖72-77包括梭總成3400之多個圖式。如這些圖中所 示,左邊梭部分3404包含二個間隔的鉛直支撐壁3416、 3418,該等支撐壁在其間界定一推桿開口 3420。推桿4020 之遠端4022延伸穿過推桿開口 3420欲耦接於擊發桿4030 20 之近端4032。如圖72所示,推桿4020之近端4026耦接 於一 Z"形連接器部件4040。特定言之,推桿近端4026 有一自其突出的連接樁4028,該連接樁可收納於Z形連接 器部件4040之近端4041上之一附接舌片4042之一開口 4049中。參見圖72。但推桿4020之近端4026可藉由一螺 75 eth96425-完楳 200808254 釘或其他適當繫結件附接於附接舌片4042。冗形連接器部 件4040之遠端4045在其上有一遠側附接舌片4046,該遠 側附接舌片適於連接到一從一氣動缸總成5000突出之活 塞缸5040。 5 如圖79所示,氣缸總成5000包括一第一氣缸殼體 5010,該第一氣缸殼體具有一第一封閉近端5012及一通入 第一氣缸殼體5010中之一第一軸向通道5016内的第一開 放遠端5014。氣缸總成5000亦包括一第二氣缸殼體5020, 該第二氣缸殼體具有一第二近端5022及一通入一第二軸 10 向通道5026内的第二開放遠端5024。第二近端5022有一 第一活塞頭5028形成於其上,該第一活塞頭經相對於第一 軸向通道5016訂定大小用以與第一氣缸殼體5010之第一 壁5011產生一大致氣密滑動密封藉以在第一近端5012之 遠侧與第一活塞頭5028之近侧之間界定一第一氣缸區 15 5015。第一氣缸殼體5010之第一遠端5014更有一形成於 其上的向内延伸第一凸緣5017,該第一凸緣用於與第二氣 缸殼體5020之外壁表面建立一大致氣密滑動密封藉以在 第一凸緣5017之近侧與第一活塞頭5028之遠侧之間界定 一第二氣缸區5018。 20 一第一通道5027穿透第一活塞頭5028。如圖79所示, 一活塞缸5040穿過第二氣缸殼體5020之第二開放遠端 5024伸入第二轴向通道5026内。活塞缸5040具有一近端 5042及一封閉遠端5044。一第二活塞頭5046形成於活塞 缸5040之近端5042上。第二活塞頭5046經相對於第二軸 76 eth96425-完穣 200808254 向通運5026訂定大小用以與第二氣缸殼體5〇2〇之一第二 土 5021產生大致氣密滑動密封藉以界定一第三氣缸區 5032。第一氣缸殼體5〇2〇之第二遠端刈%更有一形成於 上的向内延伸第二凸緣5〇25,該第二凸緣用於與活塞缸 5〇1〇建立大致氣密滑動密封以在第二凸緣5025之近側 ”第_活基頭5〇3〇之遠側之間界定一第四氣缸區$的4。 ,開口 5047牙過第二活塞頭5〇46通入活塞缸5〇4〇之一通 道5048内。 如,79和80所示,氣缸總成5000安裝在殼體總成300 =第供氣線路或供氣導管5050從把手總成300之一 疋向控制閥610延伸欲耦接於第一氣缸殼體5〇1〇第一近端 藉乂 ί、、七加壓氣體通過第一氣缸殼體1 〇第一近端 5012之Γ第;Γ供氣埠5013或開口。此外,一第二供氣線 路或供乳導官5052從定向控制闕6 J 〇延伸到第一氣缸殼體 15 5 010之遠端5 01 4糾、a '由从 ^ 附近連接至第一氣缸殼體501 〇藉以經由 一第二# 5029將加壓氣體送入第二氣缸區5018内。參見 20 —芩煦圖78和79,今詳細說明擊發桿4〇3〇之伸長及回 二/二78所不:供氣線路5050和5052耦接於-傳統定 彳二的一閥係為裝在把手總成_内之一驅動器系統 、/刀。定向控制閥1610具有一前進位置區段 1620、16^、,區1又If30、及一倒轉區段1640。控制閥區段 、、640可藉由穿過把手殼體300突出之按钮1612 和,手_換。在各實施例中,使用—可移除的加壓氣 eth96425·完搞 77 200808254 體源620。參見圖71及81-83。但熟習此技藝者會理解到 亦可有效地利用不可替換/再充氣的加壓氣體源(貯氣 瓶)。在更其他貫施例中,把手總成3〇〇可具備一用以從一 外界加壓氣體源618供給加壓氣體的埠口 616。舉例來說, 5器具3010可透過一可撓供氣線路617耦接於設施中之壓縮 空氣供應器61 8。參見圖8 1A。 广加壓氣體從貯氣瓶622 (或外界壓力源618)通過一供 氣、、泉路650 入傳統比例閥660。如圖78中特別顯示, 比例閥660耦接於一附接至一啟動扳機67〇之供氣連桿 10 662。在各實施例中,啟動扳機67〇被支承在擊發扳機3⑺ 附近,该擊發扳機藉由一在右邊機殼構件32〇與左邊機殼 構件330之間延伸的柩軸銷37〇可樞轉地耦合於把手總成 3〇〇。將啟動扳機670向内朝擊發扳機31〇擠壓會導致比例 閥660許可更多加壓氣體通過一供氣線路680流入定向閥 15 1610内。視定向閥161〇之位置而定,加壓氣體會流入供 氣線路5050或5052内。舉例來說,當定向閥6ι〇被臨床 醫師作動以伸長擊發桿30時,控制閥161〇切換到前進位 置致使前進通道1622許可加壓氣體從供氣線路68〇流入供 氣線路5050内。流過供氣線路5〇5〇的氣體透過封閉端’、 、〇=之第一供氣埠5013進入第一氣缸區別15且通過第一 =塞頭5028中之開口 5027並進入第三氣缸區5〇32。進入 第—氣缸區5032的加壓氣體亦通過第二活塞頭5046之開 =5047進入中空活塞缸5〇4〇内且迫使活塞缸刈仞往遠側 私動位於第四氣缸區5034内的氣體透過第二氣缸殼 eth96425-完 78 ίο 15 20 200808254 5020之排氣π 5G23排出。相似地,位於第二氣缸 内的氣體被允許透過第二開口 5〇29排入第二供氣 之通這1624,由此最終從排氣通道1632排出。持續 1 一氣缸區5015、第三氣缸區5〇32、及活塞紅侧之 5048施予加壓氣體會導致活塞缸5〇4〇如圖乃及乃^ 往遠側延伸。隨著活塞缸獅往遠側延伸,z形 不 4040亦因其與活塞缸5_之遠端5()44附接而往^^ 形連接器侧迫使推桿侧往遠側移動,從而迫 吏#發桿侧亦往遠側移自。隨著擊發桿侧往遠側 動’附接於該擊發桿的刀具總力3〇遠端部分…隹進通過 50以切斷終端作用器12夾緊之組織並擊發肘針。一 —刀具總成30已被推進到其在終端作用器12中之最遠側 位置^床醫師放開啟動扳機67〇以中斷加壓氣體之施加。 本只轭例亦可具備一用以在刀具總成30已抵達其在釘 =50内之最遠側位置時作出指示的器件。特定言之,可提 仏攸供氣線路650延伸到遠側限制開關丨77〇的遠側辅助 線路1772。一遠側限制開關線路1774提供在遠側限制開 關^770與定向控制閥161 〇之間。因此,當刀具總成30 已疋^擊發行程’遠側限制開關1770相對於氣缸總成5000 部分定向為使該氣缸總成被該遠側限制開關之一部分 作動^退側限制開關177〇許可空氣在壓力下從供氣線路 650 /泉到退側限制開關線路1774並流入定向控制閥1610 内’巧在各實施例中會導致定向控制閥1610自動切換至倒 79 eth9M25-完稹 200808254 :位置,$如下文所料致擊發桿侧縮回。在各實 中,一第一氣笛1790或其他適當笋磬 、 關線路1774 (或遠側限制開關177 )】。”退側限制開 制開關在擊發行程之末動,,較當遠側限 關線路嘱空氣作動第!;通過遠㈣ 聲音信號表示刀具總成% ㈣供— 實施例中,氣笛⑽可換成壓力達門·;^程之末端。在替代 s, 6 , 战&力開關壓力計或類似物以向 不 :床请師提供刀具總成30何時抵達擊發行程末端之一指 ίο 15 20 要藉由氣力縮回擊發桿4咖時,臨床醫師可押下按紐 12將控制閥1 61 〇切換到倒轉彳 .7Π _ ^ 』U和位置且開始拚壓啟動扳機 670,运導致加壓氣體流入第二 一 — 1/、氣線路5 0 5 2内。流過第 —供氣線路5052的氣體進入筮一々 版适八弟一虱缸區5018導致第二翁 缸殼體5020往近側縮入第一氣缸、 ” 孔缸设體5010内。第一翁缸 區5 01 5内的氣體被允許經由第 、 田弟供虱開口 5013排入第一 (、氣線路5040内。通過繁_ ^ , 弟七、乳線路5040的氣體進入定 向閥161 0且由此從排氣口 1 ^ ^ 徘出。一旦進入第二氣缸 區5018的加壓氣體已導致筮— ^ + 等欽弟一軋缸殼體5020縮入第一氣 缸设體5010内,通過第_ ^ 弟—開口 5029的氣體此時能夠通過 弟一氣缸设體5010之排氣口 ^ 併礼口 5023流入弟四氣缸區5034。 ^加壓氣體進人第四氣虹區5G34,第二活塞頭5〇46將 活基缸5040往近側拉入第二氣缸殼體皿〇内。第三氣缸 區5032内的义氣體通過第—開口助進入第一氣缸區衝 内由此依g文所述方式排茂。隨著活塞缸$請被縮回, 80 eth96425-完撝 200808254 z形連接n 4_往近側料且隨之拉動與 4020及擊發桿4030。 安叼雅枰 二亦在-近惻限制 5 10 15 20 杲路650之間延伸。近側限制開關1660 -;乳缸總成5000或連接器4〇4〇定向為當 以完全縮回時’近側限制開關⑽被作動然後許可;氣产 二近側限制開關線路1764並流4向控制閥i6i〇 = 弟一軋笛1792或其他適當發聲裝置可 關1760連通,致使當近側限制開關!在回縮行程= 二=通過近側限制開關線路丨7 6 4的空氣作動第二 向臨床醫師提供另—聲音錢表示擊發桿· 已抵達回縮行程之末端。在其他實施例中,舉 ^。兄,電池供電的發光二極體或其他發信裝置 /ΓΙΓΙ^1770、1760聯繫以向使用者提供横形滑槪 一 '已抵達擊發行程及/或回縮行程之末端時的另一指 :Α白此技蟄者會輕易理解到如果臨床醫師想要在擊發 ===止擊發行程並縮回擊發桿和刀具,他或她必須 動也將控制閥1610切換到倒轉位置的方式進行。 之H上所述實例中’臨床醫師並未使用本發明此實施例 =蜀特新穎回縮桿總成4_。回縮桿具有多項優點。首 处:如果在擊發或回縮行程的過程中,氣動力譬如因為一 ^ H氣^ 6 2 G或是因為加壓氣體供應之意外中斷而意外 床醫師可簡單地藉由手動地將控制閥1610切換到 eth96425-完搞 81 5 10 15 20 200808254 ^轉:置,抓㈣接於㈣桿近叙㈣侧並將該桿往 =方向拉動至擊發桿已完全縮回的方式手動縮回擊發桿 刀具總成30)。茶見圖83。將控制目161〇切換到倒車奎 位置會讓氣缸總成内的氣體在刀桿縮回時排掉。 才 本發明此實施例提供之另一優點是目視監測擊發桿及 刀部分在擊發行程期間往遠側移動之擊發進程的能力。此 優點可簡單地藉由在卩絲擊發行程之前將回縮桿拉到圖 83所不其最近側位置的方式實現。當在該位置時,隨著 =總成5000將連接器4〇4〇、推桿4〇2〇及擊發桿4〇3〇往 逐側推進,推桿4020藉由其與回縮桿4〇1〇之銷連接而將 回縮桿4010隨之往遠側拉。在各實施例中,回縮桿侧 之長度被提供為當擊發桿侧完全伸長時,回縮桿侧 沒有任何部分從把手總成突出。因此,臨床醫師可藉In one embodiment, the surgical instrument is effectively crying for a two-use type and it will be understood by those skilled in the art that the number of uses can be increased if the indexing wheel 1910 defines a more/over. ^ or notched view 70_83 illustrates another cutting and fastening device 3 010 ' in accordance with the present invention which provides the clinician with the ability to monitor the firing schedule: while also providing the manual retraction of the firing assembly of the device. This embodiment can be used in conjunction with the terminal effector 12 or device configuration described above. The fine ridge assembly side of this embodiment may include a proximal ridge segment attached to the segment 3H)6. In the #代 embodiment, the elongate ridge 3102 can comprise a single component. The elongate ridge assembly 31〇2 is generally mid-* and movably coupled to the housing assembly 300. As shown in Figures 79 and 80, the proximal end 3105 of the crotch portion can be attached to the right attachment post 3110 projecting from the right casing member 32 and a left attachment post m2 projecting from the left casing member 33. Housing assembly. The distal end of the elongated ridge member 31〇2 can be coupled to the long channel 20 as previously described. & Also, in this embodiment, an elongate closure tube 3190 extends from the handle assembly 3'' to the end effector 12. The distal end 3192 of the closure tube 3190 has a penetrating horseshoe shaped hole 3194 and is used to axially move the closure tube 319 against the ridge member 31A2 in a manner as described above with the opening/closing tab on the anvil 4粍 Interactive. Eth96425 - Finishing 72 200808254 5 10 15 20 As shown in FIG. 71, a shuttle assembly 3400 coupled to the closure trigger 3〇2 by the link assembly 43〇 is supported within the main housing portion 34〇. The shuttle assembly 34A can also be constructed of two components 3402, 3404 that are molded or otherwise fabricated from a polymer or other suitable material and designed to fit together. The members 3402, 3404 can be held together by fastening members and/or adhesives and/or bolts, screws, clips, and the like. The right portion of the shuttle assembly 34A has a right stop flange section 3405 adapted to engage with a left stop flange section on the left portion 3404 of the shuttle assembly 3400 (Fig. Cooperating to form a stop groove assembly (not shown) (4) of the proximal end 3196 of the elongate closure tube 319q in a manner described above. The proximal end 3 104 of the elongate ridge member 3 102 extends into the opening 3403 formed in the distal end of the shuttle assembly 34〇〇 and is extended through the right portion 3402 and the left subdivision 3404, respectively. The right stop pile 311 of the opening 3406 and the left stop pile 3112 of the opening 3408 are non-movably attached to the right casing member 320. In addition, the shuttle assembly 3400 is provided with laterally extending guide rails 34A, 34丨i. The track 3410 is configured to be slidably received within a pair of right side casing members = track guides, and the track 3411 is configured to be slidably received in the left hand, and one of the members 33 is corresponding to the track guide. Thus, the shuttle assembly 3400 and the closure: tube 3190 can be pivoted relative to the ridge assembly 3102 attached to the handle assembly 300, 3400, and the elongated closure tube 319 〇 in the distal direction (arrow, 〇 movement system) The grip is made privately by the closure trigger 302 toward the handle assembly, and the axial movement of the shuttle assembly 3400 in the proximal direction (arrows, jy/) is generated by the closure trigger 302 moving away from the grip portion 342. Eth96425-End 73 200808254 5 In various embodiments, the shuttle assembly 3400 is provided with a connector tab 3412 to which the closure link assembly 3430 is attached. See Figures 71 and 72. The closure link assembly 3430 includes a The yoke portion 3432 of the connector tab 3412 is pivotally pinned by a pin 3414. The closing link assembly 343 has a closing arm 3434' which is closed by a closing pin as shown in FIG. The pivotable pin is coupled to a yoke assembly 3〇4 formed on the closure trigger 302. The closure trigger 3〇2 is pivoted by a pivot pin extending between the right housing member 320 and the left housing portion 33〇. The 306 is pivotally mounted within the handle assembly 3〇〇. 10 15 When the clinician wants to close the anvil 4 and place the tissue clip During the end effector 12, the clinician pulls the trigger 302 to the grip portion 342. As the clinician pulls the closure trigger 302 to the grip portion 342, the closure link is moved 3340 to the distal side, C 〃 direction The shuttle assembly 34 〇〇 until the closure link assembly 3430 is moved to the unlocked position of Figure 71. When in this position, the linkage assembly 3430 will tend to hold the shuttle assembly 34〇〇 in the locked position. The Ik shuttle assembly 3400 is moved to the locked position 'the closure tube 3' is moved distally on the ridge 3102, causing the closure/opening tab on the anvil 40 to be closed by the horseshoe shaped hole 3194 of the distal end 3192 of the closure tube section 3190. The proximal end touches to pivot the anvil 40 to the closed (clamped) position. To further keep the shuttle 3400 in the closed position, a lock as described above / 20 301 can be used. The various embodiments of the invention utilize a unique novel retraction lever assembly 4000 to enable the clinician to monitor the progress of the firing and retraction strokes and to #manually retract the ability to fire the rod 4030. As shown in Figure 72, the retraction rod is total. , into 4_include - slidably pinned to - the retraction side of the push rod Eth96425-End 74 200808254 4010. In particular, the retracting rod 4010 has a penetrating elongated slot 4012 that slidably receives two pins 4014 for a predetermined size to attach the retracting rod 4010 In the push rod 4020, a retracting grip 4016 can be attached to the proximal end 4011 of the retracting rod 4010. The push rod 4020 has a distal end 4022 designed to interface with the proximal end of an elongate firing rod 4030. As shown in FIG. 72, the proximal end 4032 of the firing bar 4030 has a connector portion 4034 formed thereon that is sized to receive a corresponding one of the distal ends 4022 of the push rod 4020. . Therefore, the push rod 4020 can be used to push the firing rod 4 0 3 0 axially in a distal direction 10 for a firing stroke or to pull the firing rod 4030 in a proximal direction for a retracting stroke. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the firing bar 4030 extends through the ridge assembly 3102. In an alternate embodiment, the firing bar 4030 can have a rectangular, square or similar cross-sectional shape and is attached to the distal end 31 of the tool assembly 30 as previously described or to a different type of toolholder and other needs 15 An end effector assembly that is actuated by an axial movement. 72-77 include various figures of the shuttle assembly 3400. As shown in these figures, the left shuttle portion 3404 includes two spaced apart vertical support walls 3416, 3418 that define a pusher opening 3420 therebetween. The distal end 4022 of the push rod 4020 extends through the push rod opening 3420 to be coupled to the proximal end 4032 of the firing rod 4030 20. As shown in Figure 72, the proximal end 4026 of the push rod 4020 is coupled to a Z" connector assembly 4040. In particular, the pusher proximal end 4026 has a connecting post 4028 projecting therefrom that can be received in one of the openings 4049 of the attachment tab 4042 of the proximal end 4041 of the Z-shaped connector component 4040. See Figure 72. However, the proximal end 4026 of the push rod 4020 can be attached to the attachment tab 4042 by a screw 75 eth96425-finish 200808254 staple or other suitable tie. The distal end 4045 of the redundant connector member 4040 has a distal attachment tab 4046 thereon that is adapted to be coupled to a piston cylinder 5040 that projects from a pneumatic cylinder assembly 5000. 5, the cylinder assembly 5000 includes a first cylinder housing 5010 having a first closed proximal end 5012 and a first axial direction into the first cylinder housing 5010. A first open distal end 5014 within the channel 5016. The cylinder assembly 5000 also includes a second cylinder housing 5020 having a second proximal end 5022 and a second open distal end 5024 that opens into a second shaft 10 channel 5026. The second proximal end 5022 has a first piston head 5028 formed thereon, the first piston head being sized relative to the first axial passage 5016 for generating a general relationship with the first wall 5011 of the first cylinder housing 5010. The hermetic sliding seal defines a first cylinder region 15 5015 between the distal side of the first proximal end 5012 and the proximal side of the first piston head 5028. The first distal end 5014 of the first cylinder housing 5010 further has an inwardly extending first flange 5017 formed thereon for establishing a substantially airtight relationship with the outer wall surface of the second cylinder housing 5020. The sliding seal defines a second cylinder region 5018 between the proximal side of the first flange 5017 and the distal side of the first piston head 5028. A first passage 5027 penetrates the first piston head 5028. As shown in Figure 79, a piston cylinder 5040 extends through the second open distal end 5024 of the second cylinder housing 5020 into the second axial passage 5026. Piston cylinder 5040 has a proximal end 5042 and a closed distal end 5044. A second piston head 5046 is formed on the proximal end 5042 of the piston cylinder 5040. The second piston head 5046 is sized to the transport 5026 relative to the second shaft 76 eth96425 - 穣 200808254 for creating a substantially airtight sliding seal with the second cylinder 5021 of the second cylinder housing 5 〇 2 借 to define a The third cylinder region 5032. The second distal end % of the first cylinder housing 5〇2〇 further has an inwardly extending second flange 5〇25 formed thereon for establishing a substantial gas with the piston cylinder 5〇1〇 The tight sliding seal defines a fourth cylinder region $ between the distal sides of the proximal side of the second flange 5025. The opening 5047 passes over the second piston head 5〇46. It is passed into one of the channels 5048 of the piston cylinder 5〇4〇. As shown in 79 and 80, the cylinder assembly 5000 is mounted on the housing assembly 300 = the first gas supply line or the air supply conduit 5050 from one of the handle assemblies 300. Extending to the control valve 610 to be coupled to the first cylinder housing 5〇1〇 first proximal end, 七, seven pressurized gas passing through the first cylinder housing 1 〇 first proximal end 5012; The gas supply line 5013 or the opening. In addition, a second gas supply line or milk supply guide 5052 extends from the orientation control 阙6 J 〇 to the distal end of the first cylinder housing 15 5 010 5 01 4 correction, a 'from ^ Connected to the first cylinder housing 501 in the vicinity to feed pressurized gas into the second cylinder region 5018 via a second # 5029. See Figure 20 - Figure 78 and 79, detailing the firing rod 4〇3 The elongation and the return of the second/two 78 are not: the gas supply lines 5050 and 5052 are coupled to the conventional valve system, which is mounted in the handle assembly _, a drive system, / knife. The directional control valve 1610 has A forward position section 1620, 16^, an area 1 and an If30, and an inverted section 1640. The control valve section, 640 can be replaced by a button 1612 and a hand that protrudes through the handle housing 300. In various embodiments, the removable pressurized gas eth96425 is used to complete the 77 200808254 body source 620. See Figures 71 and 81-83. However, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the non-replaceable/re-inflatable can also be utilized effectively. A pressurized gas source (a gas cylinder). In still other embodiments, the handle assembly 3 can have a port 616 for supplying pressurized gas from an external pressurized gas source 618. For example, 5, the appliance 3010 can be coupled to the compressed air supply 618 in the facility through a flexible air supply line 617. See Figure 8 1A. The wide pressurized gas is passed from the gas cylinder 622 (or external pressure source 618). The gas, spring road 650 enters the conventional proportional valve 660. As shown in particular in Figure 78, the proportional valve 660 is coupled to an attachment A trigger link 67 662 is activated to trigger 67. In various embodiments, the trigger trigger 67 is supported adjacent to the firing trigger 3 (7), which is coupled to the left housing member 330 by a right housing member 32. An extended yaw pin 37 is pivotally coupled to the handle assembly 3. The firing of the trigger 670 inwardly toward the firing trigger 31 causes the proportional valve 660 to permit more pressurized gas to pass through a supply. Line 680 flows into directional valve 15 1610. Depending on the position of the directional valve 161, pressurized gas may flow into the supply line 5050 or 5052. For example, when the directional valve 6 〇 is actuated by the clinician to elongate the firing bar 30, the control valve 161 〇 switches to the advanced position causing the advancement passage 1622 to permit pressurized gas to flow from the supply line 68 into the supply line 5050. The gas flowing through the gas supply line 5〇5〇 passes through the first gas supply port 5013 of the closed end ', 〇= into the first cylinder difference 15 and passes through the opening 5027 in the first=plug head 5028 and enters the third cylinder area. 5〇32. The pressurized gas entering the first cylinder region 5032 also enters the hollow piston cylinder 5〇4〇 through the opening of the second piston head 5046 and forces the piston cylinder to move the gas in the fourth cylinder region 5034 to the far side. Exhaust through the second cylinder casing eth96425 - end 78 ίο 15 20 200808254 5020 exhaust π 5G23. Similarly, the gas located in the second cylinder is allowed to pass through the second opening 5〇29 into the second air supply passage 1624, thereby finally discharging from the exhaust passage 1632. The application of pressurized gas to a cylinder region 5015, a third cylinder region 5〇32, and a red side of the piston 5048 causes the piston cylinder 5〇4 to extend distally as shown. As the piston-cylinder lion extends distally, the z-shaped 4040 is also attached to the distal end 5 () 44 of the piston cylinder 5 to force the pusher side to move distally toward the side of the connector, thereby forcing吏# The hair shaft side is also moved to the far side. As the side of the firing rod is moved distally, the total force of the tool attached to the firing rod 3〇 distal end portion is broken through 50 to cut the tissue clamped by the end effector 12 and fire the toggle needle. - The tool assembly 30 has been advanced to its distal position in the end effector 12. The bed physician releases the activation trigger 67 to interrupt the application of pressurized gas. The yoke example may also be provided with means for indicating when the tool assembly 30 has reached its most distal position within the nail = 50. In particular, the supply line 650 can be extended to the distal auxiliary line 1772 of the distal limit switch 丨77〇. A distal limit switch line 1774 is provided between the distal limit switch 770 and the directional control valve 161 。. Thus, when the tool assembly 30 has been fired, the distal limit switch 1770 is oriented relative to the cylinder assembly 5000 portion such that the cylinder assembly is partially actuated by one of the distal limit switches. Under pressure from the supply line 650 / spring to the retraction limit switch line 1774 and into the directional control valve 1610, in each embodiment, the directional control valve 1610 is automatically switched to the position 79 eth9M25-end 808200808254: $ As the following is expected, the side of the rod is retracted. In each implementation, a first whistle 1790 or other suitable stalk, line 1774 (or distal limit switch 177). "The retracting limit opening switch is moved at the end of the firing stroke, compared to the far side limiting line 嘱 air actuation!; The far (4) sound signal indicates the tool assembly % (4) - In the embodiment, the whistle (10) can be exchanged The pressure is up to the end of the door. In the alternative s, 6, the battle & force switch pressure gauge or the like to the no: the bed asks the cutter assembly 30 when the end of the firing stroke is reached ίο 15 20 To retract the firing rod 4 by pneumatic force, the clinician can press the button 12 to switch the control valve 1 61 倒 to the reverse 彳.7Π _ ^ 』U and position and start to press the trigger 670 to start the pressurized gas. Flowing into the second one - 1 /, the gas line 5 0 5 2. The gas flowing through the first gas supply line 5052 enters the 筮 々 version of the eight 弟 虱 虱 虱 区 50 50 50 50 50 导致 导致 导致 导致 导致 导致 导致 导致 导致 导致 导致 导致 导致 导致 第二 第二Into the first cylinder, "hole cylinder body 5010. The gas in the first Weng cylinder area 5 01 5 is allowed to be discharged into the first (the gas line 5040) via the first, Tiandi supply opening 5013. The gas entering the directional valve 161 is passed through the gas of the __, VII, and milk line 5040. 0 and thus from the exhaust port 1 ^ ^. Once the pressurized gas entering the second cylinder region 5018 has caused the 筮 - ^ + and other Chin-a cylinder housing 5020 to retract into the first cylinder housing 5010, Through the first _ ^ brother - the opening 5029 of the gas can now flow through the exhaust port of the brother cylinder 5010 and the mouth 5023 into the four cylinder area 5034. ^ Pressurized gas enters the fourth gas zone 5G34, the first The second piston head 5〇46 pulls the living base cylinder 5040 into the second cylinder housing 近. The liquefied gas in the third cylinder region 5032 passes through the first opening to enter the first cylinder region, thereby The method described in the article is exhausted. With the piston cylinder $ please be retracted, 80 eth96425-end 808200808254 z-shaped connection n 4_ to the near side and then pull with 4020 and firing rod 4030. Extending between the near-close limit 5 10 15 20 杲 650. The proximal limit switch 1660 -; the milk cylinder assembly 5000 or the connector 4〇4〇 orientation When fully retracted, the 'near limit switch (10) is actuated and then permitted; the gas production two proximal limit switch line 1764 and the flow 4 to the control valve i6i 〇 = brother 1 flute 1792 or other appropriate sounding device can be closed 1760, Causes the proximal limit switch! In the retraction stroke = two = through the proximal limit switch circuit 丨 7 6 4 air actuation second to the clinician to provide another - voice money indicates the firing bar · has reached the end of the retraction stroke. In other embodiments, the battery-powered light-emitting diode or other signaling device/ΓΙΓΙ1770, 1760 is associated to provide the user with a horizontal slider--to the firing stroke and/or the retraction stroke. Another finger at the end: Α white This technique will easily understand that if the clinician wants to shoot the stroke === stop the stroke and retract the firing rod and the cutter, he or she must also switch the control valve 1610 to The manner of inverting the position is carried out. In the example described above, 'the clinician does not use this embodiment of the invention = the novel retractable rod assembly 4_. The retracting rod has several advantages. First place: if firing or returning In the process of shrinking the stroke The aerodynamic force is such that, due to an accidental interruption of the supply of pressurized gas, the accidental bed physician can simply switch the control valve 1610 to eth96425 by hand - 81 5 10 15 20 200808254 ^ Turn: set, grasp (four) to the (four) pole near the (four) side and pull the rod in the direction of = until the firing rod has been fully retracted to manually retract the firing rod cutter assembly 30). Tea is shown in Figure 83. Switching control 161 到 to the reverse 奎 position will cause the gas in the cylinder assembly to drain when the shank is retracted. Another advantage provided by this embodiment of the present invention is the ability to visually monitor the firing process of the firing rod and knife portion moving distally during the firing stroke. This advantage can be achieved simply by pulling the retraction rod to the most proximal position of Figure 83 prior to the squeezing stroke. When in this position, the connector 4〇4〇, the push rod 4〇2〇 and the firing rod 4〇3〇 are pushed side by side with the assembly 5000, and the push rod 4020 is supported by the retracting rod 4〇. The pin 310 is connected and the retracting rod 4010 is pulled to the far side. In each of the embodiments, the length of the retracting rod side is provided such that when the firing rod side is fully extended, no portion of the retracting rod side protrudes from the handle assembly. Therefore, clinicians can borrow

由觀察回縮桿4〇1〇從把手部分3〇〇突出之部分來判斷擊^ 桿4030及刀具總成3〇之進程。 X •在圖72A和83A所示替代實施例中,回縮桿4〇1〇可具 谱至少二個、較佳至少二個凹口 4〇15以接收銷4〇14。熟 習此技藝者會理解到此配置會向臨床醫師提供在回縮行程 期間目視監測擊發桿4030及刀具總成30之進程的能力。 特定言之,隨著擊發桿4〇3〇被縮回,推桿4〇2〇導致回縮 桿4010因銷4014接合於凹口 4015而往近側推進至殼體總 成300外。因此,臨床醫師可藉由觀察回縮桿4〇ι〇突出把 手總成3 0 0外之距離而判斷出擊發桿4 〇 3 〇在回縮行程期間 已行進的距離。但當器具未在使用中時,回縮桿4〇1〇可^ eth%425-完稹 82 200808254 推入把手總成内如圖8 1所示位置。 5 10 15 20 儘管以上已說明本發明數個實_,但應理解到孰 技蟄者可想出許多修改、變更及適應變化達成本發明 些或全部優點。舉例來說,依據各實施例,單1 =:二:且多個組件可換成單一組件,藉以執行二戍 夕項已知機能。因此切請案希望涵蓋所有此等修改、j 變化而不脫離隨附申請專利範圍項: 精神及範圍。 & %咧 ^發明揭示的裝置可設計成在單次使用後去棄, 可设计成欲多次使用。但不管是哪—種,裝置可在至小二 2用之後經再調整以供再次使用。再調整作業可包ς 妙:: 將衣置分解,然後清潔或替換特定部件, =後再組裝。特定言之’裝置可被分解,且裝The progress of the striking rod 4030 and the cutter assembly 3 is judged by observing the portion of the retracting rod 4〇1〇 protruding from the grip portion 3〇〇. X. In an alternative embodiment shown in Figures 72A and 83A, the retraction rod 4〇1〇 may have at least two, preferably at least two notches 4〇15 to receive the pin 4〇14. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that this configuration provides the clinician with the ability to visually monitor the progress of the firing bar 4030 and the tool assembly 30 during the retraction stroke. In particular, as the firing bar 4〇3〇 is retracted, the pusher 4〇2〇 causes the retracting bar 4010 to advance proximally beyond the housing assembly 300 due to the pin 4014 engaging the notch 4015. Therefore, the clinician can judge the distance that the firing rod 4 〇 3 已 has traveled during the retracting stroke by observing the retracting rod 4 〇 〇 〇 protruding the distance of the hand assembly 300 。. However, when the appliance is not in use, the retracting lever 4〇1〇 can be eth%425-end稹 82 200808254 Push into the handle assembly as shown in Figure 81. 5 10 15 20 While several modifications of the present invention have been described, it will be appreciated that many modifications, changes and adaptations may be devised by those skilled in the art. For example, in accordance with various embodiments, a single 1 =: two: and multiple components can be replaced with a single component to perform a known function of the second. Therefore, the request is intended to cover all such modifications and changes without departing from the scope of the accompanying patent application: spirit and scope. & %咧 ^The device disclosed by the invention can be designed to be discarded after a single use, and can be designed to be used multiple times. But no matter what kind of device, the device can be re-adjusted for reuse after being used. Re-adjustment can be awesome: Decompose the garment, then clean or replace specific parts, then assemble. The device can be decomposed and loaded

件可依任何組合被選擇性地替 :J =潔且/或替換之後,裝置可在-再調整設施或Ϊ:: 夕卜科團隊在-外科程序之後立即進行再組裝以供後 習此技藝者會理解到裝置之再調整可運用分解、清 :二:及再組裝之許多不同技術。此等技術的運用以及 行/ I再、週整裝置全都在本申請案的範圍以内。 #理較仏來/^ ^兄明書所述本發明會在外科手術之前經過 先Γ得一全新或用過的器具,且若有需要則清 消毒該器具。在-種消毒技術中,將該 口 口具放在一封閉审射交哭、后辛 内。然後將該容一塑膠袋或TYVEK(S)袋 /、具放到一能夠穿透該容器之輻射場 eth96425-完槁 83 200808254 二::!譬如是7輻射、x射線、或更高能量電子。此 J疒二:ΐ上及容器内的細菌。然後將該經消毒的器呈 =在…器中。密封容器保持器具無菌性直到_ 在醫療設施中被打開為止。 u直引s谷杰 5 10 15 20 在本說明書中被稱為以全部或部分内容併入本文 利、公開案、或任何公示部分係僅以所併入内容不 :觸本:明:中提出之定義、聲明、或其他公示部分的程 ’且就必須程度,本說明書明確提出 :内谷取代併人本文中有任何抵觸的部分。據稱併入本文 :旦抵觸本說明書中提出之定義、聲明、或其他公示部分 的任何内容或其部分將僅以不致在所併人内容部分與既有 么不内容部分之間引發衝突的程度併入。 本發明希望保護的内容不應被解釋成僅限於本說明書 =之特定實施例。因此這些實施例應視為範例說明而非 限制性。他人可不脫離本發明之精神作出變化及變更。因 =月確希望洛入申請專利範圍項所定義之發明精神及範 圍内的所有等效物、變化及變更均在涵蓋範圍以内。 【圖式簡單說明】 _圖;1是-本發^㈣㈣㈣具實施例的透 圖2疋一可搭配本發明各實施例使用之終端作用器配 置的分解組裝圖; 圖3是一圖丨和2之終端作用器的俯視圖,其中砧部分 已自其移除且閉合管總成以虛線繪出; eth96425-完稹 84 200808254 圖4是一圖3之終端作用器的側視剖面圖,其中砧部分 與其附接且處於一開啟位置; 圖5是一可用在本發明各實施例之活節控制器之一部 分的俯視剖面圖; 5 10 15 20 圖6是一圖1所示終端作用器之活節的俯視剖面圖; 圖7是一例示一閉合管總成及被支承在把手總成内之 梭配置之-實施例的分解組裝圖,其中裝在殼體總成内的 其他組件經省略以求圖面簡潔; 圖8是一本發明各實施例之殼體總成配置的剖面圖; ^圖8A是一可搭配本發明各實施例使用之閉合扳機鎖定 系統之一部分的局部剖面圖; 圖8B疋一本發明之另一把手總成實施例的剖面圖,其 中加壓氣體源在把手總成以外; 圖8C是本發明之另一把手總成實施例的剖面圖; 圖9是一圖8把手總成的另一剖面圖; 、#圖1 〇疋本發明各實施例之一刀桿配置及包括一兩段 式乱缸總成之擊發傳動構件的側視圖,其中氣缸總成係以 剖面示出; 圖^11疋圖10所不刀桿及兩段式氣缸配置的另一側視 回,八中刀桿處於伸長位置; 回 疋本發明之另一刀桿及擊發傳動構件配置的側 視圖,其中77 士曰t 1 ^ 干正在縮入一以剖面示出的氣缸總成内; 圖13是圖仏一 , 所不刀桿及氣缸配置的另一側視圖,其中 刀才干處於伸長位置; 85 eth96425-完稹 200808254 圖14是一容納圖12和13所示氣缸及刀桿配置之終端 作用器及脊總成的俯視圖; 圖15疋一圖14所不終端作用器及脊總成的側視剖面 圖,其中砧部分與其附接且處於開啟位置; 5 圖16是一可搭配圖12-15所示實施例使用之把手總成 的剖面圖; 圖16A是一可搭配圖12_15所示實施例使用之另一把 手總成的剖面圖,其中加壓氣體源在把手總成以外; 圖16B是一本發明之另一把手總成實施例的剖面圖; 1〇 圖^是一支承本發明另一實施例呈一波紋管總成形式 之另一擊發傳動構件的另一刀桿及脊總成的俯視圖; 圖18是一圖17所示實施例之終端作用器及脊總成配置 的側視剖面圖; 圖19是一圖17和18所示實施例之波紋管總成的局部 剖面組裝圖; 圖20是一圖19波紋管總成之一部分的放大圖; 圖21是一可搭配圖17_2〇所示實施例使用之把手總成 實施例的剖面圖; 圖21A是一可搭配圖17_2〇所示實施例使用之另一把 2〇手總成實施例的剖面圖,其中加壓氣體源在把手總成以外; 圖21B是一本發明之另一把手總成實施例的剖面圖; 圖22是一依據本發明其他實施例之另一外科切割及緊 固器具的透視圖; 圖23是一圖22所示實施例之終端作用器及脊總成的側 86 eth96425-完搞 200808254 視剖面圖; 圖24是-圖22和23之實施例之 側軸桿總成耦接於近側軸桿她仰式接頭配置在遠 圖25是一沿圖24之線25_25 ^ 5 面圖丨 25取侍的近側軸桿總成的剖 圖26是-附接於近側軸桿總成之遠 透視圖,其/遠側軸桿總成之—部分經省略以求圖成 圖27疋一圖24-26之實施例之 ^糸, 10 圖,其中遠側軸桿總成已輕接於近側轴桿tr面 成之-部分之前的透視圖;^在附接於近侧轴桿總 圖29是-可用在圖12_16A所示實施例之另 接頭配置的局部剖面圖; 、作式 圖30是一沿圖29之線30_30取搵沾、〇 r 土 15面圖; 0取传的近側軸桿總成的剖 圖31是一可搭配圖22_30所示實施例使 總成之一部分的透視圖; 轴才干 20 圖32是一本發明之另一外科切割及緊固器具的透視 圖’其使用本發明各實施例之-氣力作動活節接頭; 、圖33是一圖32所示實施例將一遠側脊段附接至丄近側 脊丰又之活卽接頭之一部分的局部透視圖; 圖34是圖33活節接頭配置的另—透視圖,其中蓋已移 除且例示遠側脊段相對於近側脊段進行活節運動· 夕 圖35是一圖33和34之活節接頭配置的分解組裝圖; eth96425-完槁 87 200808254 圖36是一圖33-35之接頭總成的側剖面圖; 圖37是一本發明之開關總成實施例的透視圖; 圖38是一圖37開關總成的側視圖; 5 10 15 20 圖39是一沿圖37之線39_39取得的圖”和“開 成的剖面圖; 油Λ4""是一沿圖%之線4〇-40取得之處於關位置的開關 聪成的剖面圖; ^圖同41是處於一已作動位置之圖37_4〇開關總成的另- 口1J曲圖; 剖面圖圖^疋—沿圖41之線42·42取得的圖41開關總成的 圖43 圖37-42開關總成的仰視圖; 源:把it具有圖37_43之開關總成且裝有-加壓氣體 摩的把手總成的剖面圖; 的二:疋I内部具有圖37-43之開關總成的把手總成 面圖’且其中加壓氣體源在把手總成以外; 圖,一外科釘合及切割器具的透視 快拆式所… 心心線4δ·48取彳·—之實施例之 圖49是—本發明之另一外科切割及緊固器具的透視 eth96425-完槁 88 200808254The pieces may be selectively replaced in any combination: J = clean and / or replaced, the device may be - re-adjusted or Ϊ:: 夕卜科 team immediately after the surgical procedure for reassembly for later learning of this skill It will be understood that the re-adjustment of the device can be applied to many different techniques of decomposition, cleaning, and reassembly. The use of these techniques, as well as the line/I re-equipment, are all within the scope of this application. #理仏来来/^ ^ The brothers described in the book will have a new or used appliance before surgery and disinfect the appliance if necessary. In the disinfection technique, the oral device is placed in a closed examination and crying. Then put the plastic bag or TYVEK (S) bag /, placed in a radiation field that can penetrate the container eth96425 - 槁 83 200808254 2::! For example, 7 radiation, x-ray, or higher energy electrons . This J 疒 2: bacteria on the raft and in the container. The sterilized device is then placed in the device. The sealed container holds the sterility until _ is opened in the medical facility. u直引 s Gu Jie 5 10 15 20 In this specification, it is said to incorporate all or part of the contents of this article, the disclosure, or any public part is only incorporated by the content: not touch: Ming: The definition, statement, or other part of the publicity section 'and the extent necessary, this specification clearly states: Neigu replaces any part of the conflict in this article. It is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety that any content or part of the definitions, statements, or other public notices set forth in this specification will only be such as not to cause a conflict between the content of the person and the content of the content. Incorporate. The contents of the present invention are not intended to be construed as limited to the particular embodiments. Therefore, the examples are to be considered as illustrative and not restrictive. Changes and modifications may be made by others without departing from the spirit of the invention. All the equivalents, changes and changes in the spirit of the invention as defined in the scope of the patent application are within the scope of coverage. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS FIG. 1 is a partial exploded view of an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 3 is a diagram of an end effector configuration of an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 2 is a top view of the end effector, wherein the anvil portion has been removed therefrom and the closure tube assembly is drawn in dashed lines; eth96425 - 稹 稹 84 200808254 Figure 4 is a side cross-sectional view of the end effector of Figure 3, wherein the anvil A portion is attached thereto and is in an open position; FIG. 5 is a top cross-sectional view of a portion of a joint controller that can be used in various embodiments of the present invention; 5 10 15 20 FIG. 6 is a live action of the end effector shown in FIG. FIG. 7 is an exploded, isometric view of an embodiment of a closure tube assembly and a shuttle arrangement supported within the handle assembly, wherein other components housed within the housing assembly are omitted Figure 8 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration of a housing assembly in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; Figure 8A is a partial cross-sectional view of a portion of a closure trigger locking system that can be used in conjunction with embodiments of the present invention; 8B疋Another handle assembly of the invention FIG. 8C is a cross-sectional view of another handle assembly embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 9 is another cross-sectional view of the handle assembly of FIG. 8; Figure 1 is a side view of a shank arrangement and a firing transmission member including a two-stage shovel assembly in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, wherein the cylinder assembly is shown in cross section; The other side of the rod and the two-stage cylinder arrangement is in the extended position, and the eight-center cutter rod is in the extended position; the side view of the other cutter rod and the firing transmission member of the present invention is returned, wherein 77 曰t 1 ^ dry is being retracted 1 is a cross-sectional view of the cylinder assembly; FIG. 13 is another side view of the arbor and cylinder arrangement, wherein the knives are in an extended position; 85 eth96425-end 稹200808254 FIG. 14 is a housing diagram 12 and 13 are top views of the end effector and ridge assembly of the cylinder and arbor arrangement; Figure 15 is a side cross-sectional view of the end effector and ridge assembly of Fig. 14, wherein the anvil portion is attached thereto and is Open position; 5 Figure 16 is a combination with Figure 12-15 Figure 16A is a cross-sectional view of another handle assembly that can be used in conjunction with the embodiment of Figures 12-15, wherein the source of pressurized gas is outside the handle assembly; Figure 16B is a view of the present invention. A cross-sectional view of another handle assembly embodiment; FIG. 1 is a plan view of another shank and ridge assembly supporting another firing transmission member in the form of a bellows assembly in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention; Figure 17 is a side cross-sectional view showing the arrangement of the end effector and the ridge assembly of the embodiment shown in Figure 17; Figure 19 is a partial cross-sectional assembly view of the bellows assembly of the embodiment shown in Figures 17 and 18. Figure 20 is a view Figure 19 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a handle assembly that can be used in conjunction with the embodiment shown in Figure 17_2. Figure 21A is a view of the embodiment shown in Figure 17_2. Figure 2B is a cross-sectional view of another embodiment of the handle assembly of the present invention; Figure 22 is a cross-sectional view of another embodiment of the handle assembly of the present invention; Figure 22 is a cross-sectional view of another embodiment of the handle assembly of the present invention; Another surgical cutting and fastening device of the embodiment Figure 23 is a cross-sectional view of the end effector of the embodiment of Figure 22 and the side of the ridge assembly 86 eth96425 - complete 200808254; Figure 24 is a side shaft of the embodiment of Figures 22 and 23. The assembly is coupled to the proximal shaft. The upright joint is disposed at a distance of 25. A section of the proximal shaft assembly taken along line 25_25^5 of Fig. 24 is attached to Fig. 26 - attached to A distal perspective view of the proximal shaft assembly, the portion of which is a portion of the distal shaft assembly that has been omitted for the purpose of the embodiment of Figure 27 - Figure 24-26, wherein the distal shaft The rod assembly has been lightly attached to the front view of the proximal shaft tr-section; the attachment to the proximal shaft is generally shown in Figure 29 - a portion of the alternative joint configuration that can be used in the embodiment of Figure 12-16A FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional view of the smear and 〇r soil along the line 30_30 of FIG. 29; the sectional view 31 of the proximal shaft assembly taken at 0 is a combination with the embodiment shown in FIG. 22_30. A perspective view of a portion of the assembly; a shaft 20 Figure 32 is a perspective view of another surgical cutting and fastening device of the present invention - using the pneumatic actuation of various embodiments of the present invention Figure 33 is a partial perspective view of a portion of the embodiment shown in Figure 32 attaching a distal ridge to one of the proximal ridges of the iliac joint; Figure 34 is a view of the joint configuration of Figure 33 a perspective view in which the cover has been removed and the distal ridge segment is illustrated as a joint motion with respect to the proximal ridge segment. FIG. 35 is an exploded assembly view of the articulated joint configuration of FIGS. 33 and 34; eth96425-End 87 Figure 08 is a side cross-sectional view of the joint assembly of Figures 33-35; Figure 37 is a perspective view of an embodiment of the switch assembly of the present invention; Figure 38 is a side view of the switch assembly of Figure 37; 5 10 15 Figure 39 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 39_39 of Figure 37 and "opened; oil raft 4"" is a cross-sectional view of the switch in the closed position taken along line 4〇-40 of Figure ; Fig. 41 is a different port 1J curve diagram of the switch assembly of Fig. 37_4 in an activated position; sectional view Fig. 疋 - Fig. 43 of the switch assembly of Fig. 41 taken along line 42 42 of Fig. 41 Figure 37-42 is a bottom view of the switch assembly; source: a section of the handle assembly having the switch assembly of Figure 37_43 and equipped with a pressurized gas Figure 2: 疋I has a handle assembly view of the switch assembly of Figures 37-43 inside and the pressurized gas source is outside the handle assembly; Figure, a perspective quick release of a surgical staple and cutting instrument Figure 49 is a perspective view of another surgical cutting and fastening device of the present invention. eth96425-完槁88 200808254

圖50是一可搭配圖49所示實施例使用之終端作用器配 置的分解組裝圖; Μ 圖51是一可搭配圖49所示實施例使用之終端作用器配 5置、脊總成及閉合管總成的分解組裝圖; 圖52是一圖51終端作用器、脊總成及閉合管總成的側 視剖面圖,其中砧部分經省略以求圖面簡潔; 圖52A是一本發明之另一非限制性實施例之終端作用 為、脊總成及閉合管總成的側視剖面圖,其中氣動馬達被 10支承在遠離把手總成之處; 的圖52B是一本發明之另一非限制性實施例之終端作用 為、脊總成及閉合管總成的側視剖面圖,其中氣動馬達被 支承在遠離把手總成之處; 圖53是 15 圖 可格配圖49之實施例使用的把手總成的剖面 圖53A是一可搭配圖49之實施例使用的另一把手總成 的d面圖,其中加麼氣體源在把手總成以外; 圖54是圖53之把手總成的另一剖面圖; 20 圖55是-本發明各實施例之相對位置擊發扳 側視圖; ^ 絲每圖/6疋一可格配本發明各實施例使用之本發明控制系 、、死貝施例的簡圖; 八圖57疋一從本發明各把手總成實施例之一主要附著部 刀卩下之一可卸式握把部分的剖面圖; eth96425-完搞 89 200808254 圖5:是-顯示可卸式握把部分耦接於本發明各實施例 之一把手部分之主要附著部分的局部剖面圖; ^圖59是一圖58之可卸式握把部分及主要附著部分的局 ::剖面圖,其中管集箱及氣缸相關組件經省略以求圖面簡 潔, 圖6〇是一沿圖59之線6〇_6〇取得的圖%和%之可 式握把部分及主要附著部分的剖面圖; ίο 圖61是一沿圖59之線61_61取得的圖%、59和6〇之 可卸式握把部分及主要附著部分的剖面圖; 圖62是一沿圖59之線62_62取得的圖58_61之可 握把4为及主要附著部分的剖面圖; 圖63是一沿圖59之線63_63取得的圖58·62之可卸式 握把部分,主要附著部分的另—局部剖面圖; 15簡圖圖Μ疋4於一初始位置之本發明閉鎖系統實施例的 圖5疋圖64之閉鎖系統的另一簡圖,其例示閉鎖系统 在握把部分開始附接於把手總成之主要附著部分時的動、 作, 20 圖二是:64和,5之閉鎖系統在握把部分第二次卸離 把手…成之主要附著部分之前的另一簡圖; 圖67是圖64_66之閉鎖系統的另一簡圖,其例示系统 組件在握把部分已附接於主要附著部分時的位置; 圖⑽是圖64-67之閉鎖系統的另一簡圖,其例示系统 組件在握把部分第二次附接於主要附著部分期間的位置; eih96425-完搞 90 200808254 圖69是例示在握把部分已第二次且最後一次附接於主 要附著部分之後的閉鎖系統另一簡圖; 圖70疋-本發明之另—外科切割及緊固器具的透視 圖; 圖71疋可格配圖70所示器具使用之把手總成實施例 的剖面圖; 圖72疋一本發明各實施例之梭及回縮桿總成的分解組 装圖; 圖72A是一本發明其他實施例之梭及回縮桿總成的分 10 解組裝圖; 圖73是一圖72所示組件的組合圖,其中其氣缸總成處 於一完全伸長位置; 圖74是一本發明之梭總成的後視圖; 圖75疋圖74梭總成的另一後視圖,其中回縮桿及推桿 15伸入推桿開口内且推桿附接於連接器構件; 圖76是一梭總成之左邊部分的後視透視圖; 圖77疋梭總成之左邊部分的另一後視透視圖; 圖78是一可用於圖7〇_77所示實施例之控制系統配置 的的簡圖; 2〇 圖79是一圖70-78所示實施例之把手總成配置的俯視 剖面圖’其中氣缸總成處於一伸長位置; 圖80疋圖7〇_79所示實施例之把手總成配置的另一俯 視剖面圖’其中氣缸總成處於一回縮位置; 圖81是一圖7〇_8〇所示實施例之把手總成的剖面圖; 91 eth96425-完搞 200808254 圖81A是一可用於圖70-80所示實施例之把手總成實 施例的剖面圖,其中加壓氣體源在把手總成以外;、 囝2疋圖81之把手總成的另一剖面圖,其中氣缸總 伸長, 5 圖83是圖81之把手總成的 縮回;且 另一剖面圖,其中氣缸總成 圖乂3 A是—圖7 2 B所示實施例之把手總 其中氣缸總成縮回且擊發桿處於其最近側位置。° 【主要元件符號說明】 10 10外科釘合及切斷器具 12終端作用器 2〇長槽道 21鎖定開口 22附著穴 15 20 23槽道槽孔 24凹處 26凹處 28砧凸輪槽孔 3〇刀具總成 31遠側部分 32上部銷 33孔 34刀棒帽 3 5活塞桿 eth96425-完槁 92 200808254 35’階梯狀部分 36中間銷 37突出部 38切割刃 5 39鎖定突出部 39’近侧斜面 39”遠側斜面 4 0石占 42砧穴 10 4 3站框轴 44縱向站槽孔 46砧開/關舌片 50釘匣 51匣主體 15 54鉛直槽孔 56釘匣上表面 58釘孔 60釘匣之加長特徵部 62釘匣之加長特徵部 20 64楔形滑橇 66肘釘傳動器 6 8匣托板 7 0肘釘 100長轴桿總成 93 eth96425 200808254 5 10 15 102 脊總成 104 樞軸 110 遠侧脊段 111 遠側方形孔 112 鎖簧 113 近側方形孔 114 槽道錫定構件 115 夾桿 116 鎖簧上臂 117 波紋管通道 118 鎖簧下臂 122 單又 123 連接點 124 子L 125 連接點 130 近侧脊段 134 柄腳 136 138 樞軸銷 140 銷 142 銷 150 帶構件 160 帶構件 170 閉合管總成 20 200808254 172雙樞軸閉合接頭 174上部雙框轴連桿 175遠侧枢軸銷 17 6近側樞軸銷 5 177下部雙樞軸連桿 17 8遠侧枢軸銷 17 9近側樞軸銷 180遠側閉合管區段 1 8 2上柄腳 10 183插銷孔 184下柄腳 185馬蹄形孔 186舌片 187插銷孔 15 190近側閉合管區段 191軸向通道 192上柄腳 193插銷孔 194下柄腳 20 195插銷孔 19 6止動溝 200活節控制器 202活節滑件 204框架 95 eth96425 200808254 206封閉件 208槽孔 210連接點 212連接點 5 300把手總成 301可釋鎖定機構 302閉合扳機 303可撓縱向臂 304扼總成 10 305 銷 306樞軸銷 310擊發扳機 310’相對位置扳機 320右邊機殼構件 15 321 孔 322右邊機殼構件之上部部分 323左邊機殼構件之上部部分 324右邊機殼構件之下部握把部分 326右脊總成止動樁 20 328軌道導件 330左邊機殼構件 331孔 332上附接板部分 333觸覺回饋配置 96 eth96425 -完槁 200808254 334左邊機殼構件之下部握把部分;螺母部分(圖55) 335槽孔 337彈簧臂 340主殼體部分 5 342握把部分 344主要附著部分 350 開口 352楔 354楔之下表面 10 356 凹口 358可撓擋止 359開口 350之傾斜後壁 360 開口 367上部滑軌 15 368下部滑軌 369斜面 3 7 0樞軸銷 372孔 380鑲板 20 382鑲板 384上部滑執之收納通道 400閉合梭 402梭之右邊部分 403緊固栓 97 eth96425-完搞 200808254 5 10 15 404 梭之左邊部分 405 右止動凸緣區段 406 槽孔 408 槽孔 410 導軌 411 導執 412 連接 器舌片 414 銷 430 閉合連桿總成 432 幸厄部 分 434 閉合臂 436 閉合 銷 500 傳動構件 501 氣缸 總成 510 第一 氣缸殼體 511 第一 壁 512 第一 近端 513 第一 供氣槔 514 第一 遠端 515 第一 氣缸區 516 第一 軸向通道 517 第一 凸緣 518 第二 氣缸區 519 耳軸 98 eth96425-完 20 200808254 520第二氣缸殼體 521第二壁 522第二近端 523排氣口 5 524第二遠端 525第二凸緣 526第二軸向通道 527第一通道 528第一活塞頭 10 529第二供氣埠 530第二活塞頭 532第三氣缸區 534第四氣缸區 540第一供氣線路 15 540’第一供氣線路區段 540”第一供氣線路區段 541壓力計 542第二供氣線路 542’第二供氣線路區段 20 542”第二供氣線路區段 543窗 545聲音出口 546限制開關 547啟動構件 99 eth96425 200808254 549指示構件 600驅動器系統 610定向控制閥 612選擇開關 5 616 埠口 617可撓供氣線路 618外界加壓氣體源 620可移除/可再充氣加壓氣體源 622貯氣瓶 10 624液態物 626膜片 628蒸氣 630真空源;貯氣瓶排洩端(圖57-58 ) 632可撓真空線路;管集箱塊(圖57-58 ) 15 634有螺紋埠口 636供氣通道 637遠端 638針闊 639點 20 640壓力計 642壓力計窺視窗 644封閉管集室 645 埠口 646無菌膜片 100 eth96425 200808254 649壓縮彈簧 650供氣線路 651供氣線路 660比例閥 5 662供氣連桿臂 670啟動扳機 671腔穴 680供氣線路 800氣缸總成 10 810第一氣缸殼體 812第一封閉端 813第一供氣埠 815第一氣缸區 817第一凸緣 15 820第二氣缸殼體 822第二封閉近端 824第二遠端 825第二凸緣 827第一開口 20 828第一活塞頭 830第二活塞頭 832第三氣缸區 840第一供氣線路 850第一回縮彈簧 200808254 852彈簧 900波紋管總成 902遠端 904突出部 5 910可擴張/縮回波紋管部分 912金屬絲約束環 912’啟動構件 914基座部分 916供氣埠 10 920真空埠 922真空線路 940供氣線路 940’供氣線路區段 940”供氣線路區段 15 1000快拆式接頭 1000’快拆式接頭 1010遠側軸桿總成 1012近端 1020近側軸桿總成 20 1022遠端 1030脊總成 1110遠側脊段 1111遠側方形孔 1113近側方形孔 102 eth96425 200808254 5 10 15 20 1114 近端 1115 夾桿 1116 遠側連接器部分 1117 第一 遠側供氣璋 1117, 第三 -遠側供氣埠 1118 第一 供氣喷嘴部分 1118, 第三 -供氣喷嘴部分 1119 凹口 部分 1120 第二 遠側供氣埠 1120, 第四遠側供氣埠 1122 第二 供氣喷嘴部分 1122, 第四供氣喷嘴部分 1124 掣止構件 1126 可撓 舌片 1150 近侧脊段 1152 遠端 1154 第二 連接器部分 1155 凹口 部分 1156 第一 近側供氣埠 1156, 第三 -近側供氣槔 1158 第一 0環封 1158, 第三 -0環封 1160 第二 近側供氣埠 1160, 第四近側供氣埠 103 eth96425 200808254 5 10 15 20 1162第二Ο環封 1162’第四Ο環封 1170中空套筒部分 1172鎖定開口 1178閉合管總成 1180遠側閉合管區段 1182近端 1184鎖定舌片 1186鎖定楔 1190近侧閉合管區段 1194鎖定開口 1195近端 1196槽孔 1200釋放套筒 1202遠端 1204釋放鈕 1206第二斜切内緣 1300第一遠侧供氣琿 1306近侧供氣埠 1308 Ο環封 1500外科切割及釘合器具 1512終端作用器 1520長槽道 1521遠端 104 eth96425 200808254 5 10 15 1522軸承 1530楔形滑橇總成 1532滑橇部分 1538刀部分 1540脊總成 1542近側脊段 1543 開口 1544主傳動軸 1545近端 1546次級傳動軸 1546’馬達傳動軸 1548傳動齒輪 1548’傳動齒輪 1550斜齒輪總成 1552斜齒輪 1554傳動齒輪 1556斜齒輪 1560傳動螺桿 1562近侧傳動齒輪 1570遠侧脊段 1600驅動器系統 1610定向控制閥 1612按鈕 1614按鈕 105 th96425-完穩 20 200808254 5 10Figure 50 is an exploded assembly view of an end effector configuration that can be used in conjunction with the embodiment of Figure 49; Figure 51 is an end effector that can be used in conjunction with the embodiment of Figure 49 with a 5 set, ridge assembly and closure Figure 52 is a side cross-sectional view of the end effector, ridge assembly and closure tube assembly of Figure 51, wherein the anvil portion is omitted for simplicity; Figure 52A is a A further non-limiting embodiment of the terminal acts as a side cross-sectional view of the ridge assembly and closure tube assembly, wherein the air motor 10 is supported away from the handle assembly; Figure 52B is another embodiment of the present invention The end effect of the non-limiting embodiment is a side cross-sectional view of the ridge assembly and the closure tube assembly, wherein the air motor is supported away from the handle assembly; FIG. 53 is an embodiment of FIG. A cross-sectional view 53A of the handle assembly used is a d-side view of another handle assembly that can be used in conjunction with the embodiment of Figure 49, wherein the source of gas is external to the handle assembly; Figure 54 is the handle assembly of Figure 53. Another cross-sectional view; 20 Figure 55 is - an embodiment of the present invention A side view of the position firing trigger; ^ wire per figure / 6 can be combined with the control system of the present invention used in various embodiments of the present invention, a schematic diagram of the dead shell example; eight Figure 57 from the handle assembly of the present invention A cross-sectional view of a removable grip portion of one of the main attachment portions of the embodiment; eth96425 - Finish 89 200808254 Figure 5: Yes - shows the removable grip portion coupled to one of the handles of various embodiments of the present invention Partial cross-sectional view of a portion of the main attachment portion; ^ Figure 59 is a sectional view of the detachable grip portion and the main attachment portion of Figure 58: a cross-sectional view in which the tube header and cylinder related components are omitted for simplicity Figure 6A is a cross-sectional view of the portable grip portion and the main attachment portion of the figure % and % taken along line 6〇_6 of Figure 59; ίο Figure 61 is a diagram taken along line 61_61 of Figure 59. A cross-sectional view of the detachable grip portion and the main attachment portion of %, 59, and 6 ;; Fig. 62 is a cross-sectional view of the grip 4 of Fig. 58_61 taken along line 62_62 of Fig. 59 and the main attachment portion; 63 is a detachable grip portion of Fig. 58·62 taken along line 63_63 of Fig. 59, mainly attached Partial another partial cross-sectional view; 15 schematic view of another embodiment of the latching system of the present invention in the initial position of the latching system of FIG. 5, FIG. 64, illustrating the latching system beginning with the grip portion The movement of the main attachment portion of the handle assembly, 20 Figure 2 is another simplified diagram of the locking system of 64 and 5 before the second portion of the grip portion is disengaged from the handle ... into the main attachment portion; 67 is another simplified diagram of the latching system of FIGS. 64-66 illustrating the position of the system component when the grip portion has been attached to the primary attachment portion; FIG. 10 is another simplified view of the latching system of FIGS. 64-67, illustrating the system The position of the assembly during the second attachment of the grip portion to the primary attachment portion; eih96425 - Finish 90 200808254 Figure 69 is a block diagram illustrating the locking system after the grip portion has been attached for the second time and last attached to the primary attachment portion Figure 70A - perspective view of a surgical cutting and fastening device of the present invention; Figure 71 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a handle assembly for use with the device shown in Figure 70; Figure 72 Example shuttle And an exploded assembly view of the retracting rod assembly; Fig. 72A is a partial exploded view of the shuttle and retracting rod assembly of another embodiment of the present invention; and Fig. 73 is a combination view of the assembly shown in Fig. 72, wherein The cylinder assembly is in a fully extended position; Fig. 74 is a rear view of the shuttle assembly of the present invention; Fig. 75 is a rear view of the shuttle assembly of Fig. 74, wherein the retracting rod and the push rod 15 extend into the push rod Inside the opening and the push rod is attached to the connector member; Figure 76 is a rear perspective view of the left portion of the shuttle assembly; Figure 77 is another rear perspective view of the left portion of the shuttle assembly; Figure 78 is an available view Figure 7 is a schematic view of the configuration of the control system of the embodiment shown in Figure 7-77; Figure 79 is a top cross-sectional view of the handle assembly configuration of the embodiment of Figures 70-78 wherein the cylinder assembly is in an extension Figure 80 is another top cross-sectional view of the handle assembly configuration of the embodiment shown in Figure 7〇_79, wherein the cylinder assembly is in a retracted position; Figure 81 is an embodiment of Figure 7〇_8〇 Sectional view of the handle assembly; 91 eth96425 - Finishing 200808254 Figure 81A is a handle that can be used in the embodiment of Figures 70-80 A cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the assembly in which the source of pressurized gas is outside the handle assembly; and 另一2, another cross-sectional view of the handle assembly of Fig. 81, wherein the total elongation of the cylinder, 5 Fig. 83 is the handle assembly of Fig. 81 Retraction; and another cross-sectional view in which the cylinder assembly Fig. 3A is the handle of the embodiment shown in Fig. 7 2B in which the cylinder assembly is retracted and the firing rod is in its most proximal position. ° [Main component symbol description] 10 10 Surgical stapling and cutting device 12 end effector 2 〇 long channel 21 locking opening 22 attachment hole 15 20 23 channel groove 24 recess 26 recess 28 anvil cam slot 3 〇Cutter assembly 31 distal portion 32 upper pin 33 hole 34 knife bar cap 3 5 piston rod eth96425 - end 92 200808254 35' stepped portion 36 intermediate pin 37 projection 38 cutting edge 5 39 locking projection 39' proximal Bevel 39" distal bevel 40 stone account 42 anvil 10 4 3 station frame axis 44 longitudinal station slot 46 anvil open / close tongue 50 nail 匣 51 匣 body 15 54 vertical slot hole 56 nail 匣 upper surface 58 nail hole 60 spike extension feature 62 staple extension feature 20 64 wedge slider 66 staple driver 6 8 匣 pallet 7 0 knuckle 100 long shaft assembly 93 eth96425 200808254 5 10 15 102 ridge assembly 104 Pivot 110 distal ridge 111 distal square hole 112 lock spring 113 proximal square hole 114 channel tin member 115 clamp rod 116 lock spring upper arm 117 bellows passage 118 lock spring lower arm 122 single 123 connection point 124 L 125 connection point 130 proximal ridge 134 tang 136 138 pivot pin 140 142 pin 150 belt member 160 belt member 170 closure tube assembly 20 200808254 172 double pivot closure joint 174 upper double frame shaft link 175 distal pivot pin 17 6 proximal pivot pin 5 177 lower double pivot link 17 8 Distal pivot pin 17 9 proximal pivot pin 180 distal closure tube segment 1 8 2 upper tang 10 183 pin hole 184 lower tang 185 horseshoe hole 186 tongue 187 pin hole 15 190 proximal closure tube segment 191 axial Channel 192 Upper tang 193 Pin hole 194 Lower tang 20 195 Pin hole 19 6 Stop groove 200 Joint controller 202 Joint slider 204 Frame 95 eth96425 200808254 206 Closer 208 Slot 210 Connection point 212 Connection point 5 300 Handle assembly 301 releasable locking mechanism 302 closure trigger 303 flexible longitudinal arm 304 扼 assembly 10 305 pin 306 pivot pin 310 firing trigger 310 'relative position trigger 320 right side casing member 15 321 hole 322 right upper casing member upper portion Part 323 left casing member upper portion 324 right casing member lower portion grip portion 326 right ridge assembly stop pile 20 328 track guide 330 left casing member 331 hole 332 upper attachment plate portion 333 tactile feedback configuration 96 Eth96425 - End 200808254 334 Lower grip part under the left casing member; Nut portion (Fig. 55) 335 Slot 337 Spring arm 340 Main housing portion 5 342 Grip portion 344 Main attachment portion 350 Opening 352 Wedge 354 Wedge lower surface 10 356 notch 358 can be slanted 359 opening 350 inclined rear wall 360 opening 367 upper rail 15 368 lower rail 369 bevel 3 7 0 pivot pin 372 hole 380 panel 20 382 panel 384 upper sliding storage Channel 400 close shuttle 402 shuttle right portion 403 fastening pin 97 eth96425 - complete 200808254 5 10 15 404 shuttle left portion 405 right stop flange segment 406 slot 408 slot 410 rail 411 guide 412 connector tongue Sheet 414 pin 430 closed link assembly 432 fortunate portion 434 closing arm 436 closing pin 500 transmission member 501 cylinder assembly 510 first cylinder housing 511 first wall 512 first proximal end 513 first air supply port 514 first Distal 515 first cylinder region 516 first axial passage 517 first flange 518 second cylinder region 519 trunnion 98 eth96425 - end 20 200808254 520 second cylinder housing 521 second wall 522 second Proximal end 523 exhaust port 5 524 second distal end 525 second flange 526 second axial passage 527 first passage 528 first piston head 10 529 second air supply port 530 second piston head 532 third cylinder region 534 Fourth cylinder zone 540 first gas supply line 15 540' first gas supply line section 540" first gas supply line section 541 pressure gauge 542 second gas supply line 542 'second gas supply line section 20 542" Second air supply line section 543 window 545 sound outlet 546 limit switch 547 actuating member 99 eth96425 200808254 549 indicating member 600 driver system 610 directional control valve 612 selection switch 5 616 port 617 flexible supply line 618 external pressurized gas source 620 removable / refillable pressurized gas source 622 gas cylinder 10 624 liquid 626 diaphragm 628 vapor 630 vacuum source; gas cylinder drain end (Figure 57-58) 632 flexible vacuum line; tube set box (Fig. 57-58) 15 634 threaded mouth 636 gas supply channel 637 distal end 638 needle width 639 point 20 640 pressure gauge 642 pressure gauge peep window 644 closed tube set chamber 645 mouth 646 sterile diaphragm 100 eth96425 200808254 649 compression Spring 650 gas supply line 651 gas supply line 660 ratio Valve 5 662 gas supply link arm 670 starts trigger 671 cavity 680 gas supply line 800 cylinder assembly 10 810 first cylinder housing 812 first closed end 813 first air supply port 815 first cylinder area 817 first flange 15 820 second cylinder housing 822 second closed proximal end 824 second distal end 825 second flange 827 first opening 20 828 first piston head 830 second piston head 832 third cylinder region 840 first gas supply line 850 First retracting spring 200808254 852 spring 900 bellows assembly 902 distal end 904 projection 5 910 expandable/retractable bellows portion 912 wire confinement ring 912 'actuating member 914 base portion 916 gas supply 10 920 vacuum 埠922 vacuum line 940 gas supply line 940' gas supply line section 940" gas supply line section 15 1000 quick release joint 1000' quick release joint 1010 distal shaft assembly 1012 proximal end 1020 proximal shaft assembly 20 1022 distal end 1030 ridge assembly 1110 distal ridge segment 1111 distal square hole 1113 proximal square hole 102 eth96425 200808254 5 10 15 20 1114 proximal end 1115 clamping rod 1116 distal connector portion 1117 first distal air supply 璋1117, third-distal air supply 埠1118 first Air nozzle portion 1118, third-supply nozzle portion 1119 notch portion 1120 second distal air supply port 1120, fourth distal air supply port 1122 second air supply nozzle portion 1122, fourth air supply nozzle portion 1124 Stop member 1126 flexible tongue 1150 proximal spine 1152 distal end 1154 second connector portion 1155 notch portion 1156 first proximal air supply port 1156, third-proximal air supply port 1158 first 0 ring seal 1158 , third-0 ring seal 1160 second proximal air supply 埠 1160, fourth proximal air supply 埠 103 eth96425 200808254 5 10 15 20 1162 second Ο ring seal 1162' fourth Ο ring seal 1170 hollow sleeve portion 1172 Locking opening 1178 closing tube assembly 1180 distal closing tube section 1182 proximal end 1184 locking tab 1186 locking wedge 1190 proximal closing tube section 1194 locking opening 1195 proximal end 1196 slot 1200 release sleeve 1202 distal end 1204 release button 1206 Two beveled inner edge 1300 first distal air supply 306 1306 proximal air supply 埠 1308 Ο ring seal 1500 surgical cutting and stapling instrument 1512 end effector 1520 long channel 1521 distal end 104 eth96425 200808254 5 10 15 1522 bearing 1530 Wedge slip Skid assembly 1532 sled portion 1538 knife portion 1540 ridge assembly 1542 proximal ridge segment 1543 opening 1544 main drive shaft 1545 proximal end 1546 secondary drive shaft 1546' motor drive shaft 1548 transmission gear 1548' transmission gear 1550 helical gear assembly 1552 helical gear 1554 transmission gear 1556 helical gear 1560 transmission screw 1562 proximal transmission gear 1570 distal ridge segment 1600 drive system 1610 directional control valve 1612 button 1614 button 105 th96425 - stable 20 200808254 5 10

1620 前進位置區段 1622 前進通道 1624 通道 1630 停止區段 1632 排氣埠 1640 倒轉區段 1660 近側限制開關 1662 近側輔助線路 1664 近側限制開關線路 1700 供氣/排氣線路 1710 供氣/排氣線路 1730 氣動馬達 1730, 氣動馬達 1732 輸出軸 1734 第一傳動齒輪 1736 第二傳動齒輪 1738 輸入軸 1740 行星齒輪總成 1742 輸出軸 1743 聯轴構件 1750 回饋齒輪 1752 刀位置齒輪 1754 刀位置軸 1756 近端 106 eth96425 20 200808254 1758遠端 1760近側限制開關 1770遠側限制開關 1772遠側輔助線路 5 1774遠側限制開關線路 1780刀指示器 1790第一氣笛 1792第二氣笛 1800回饋連桿總成 10 1801有螺紋手動回饋轴 1802萬向接頭部分 1804手動回饋齒輪 1900閉鎖系統 1902計數器 15 1904阻隔總成 1906 軸 1908 轂 1910分度輪 1912偏動構件 20 1914突出部 1914’突出部 1914”突出部 1916六角形開口 1918 開口 107 eth96425 200808254 5 101620 Forward position section 1622 Forward channel 1624 Channel 1630 Stop section 1632 Exhaust 埠 1640 Reverse section 1660 Proximity limit switch 1662 Proximity auxiliary line 1664 Proximity limit switch line 1700 Air supply/exhaust line 1710 Air supply/discharge Gas line 1730 Air motor 1730, Air motor 1732 Output shaft 1734 First transmission gear 1736 Second transmission gear 1738 Input shaft 1740 Planetary gear assembly 1742 Output shaft 1743 Coupling member 1750 Feedback gear 1752 Knife position gear 1754 Knife position axis 1756 End 106 eth96425 20 200808254 1758 Remote 1760 proximal limit switch 1770 distal limit switch 1772 distal auxiliary line 5 1774 distal limit switch line 1780 knife indicator 1790 first whistle 1792 second whistle 1800 feedback link assembly 10 1801 threaded manual feedback shaft 1802 universal joint part 1804 manual feedback gear 1900 locking system 1902 counter 15 1904 blocking assembly 1906 shaft 1908 hub 1910 indexing wheel 1912 biasing member 20 1914 projection 1914 'protrusion 1914" projection 1916 hexagonal opening 1918 opening 107 eth96425 200808254 5 10

20 1920 阻隔構件 1922 阻隔構件導件 1924 閘構件 1926 偏動構件 1930 釋放系統 1932 釋放鈕 1934 釋放構件 1936 釋放斜面 1938 釋放銷 1940 鎖簧 1942 頂出簧 2000 外科切割及釘合器具 2002 氣動活節接頭總成 2004 脊總成 2010 遠側脊段 2012 近端 2014 框轴構件 2016 驅動器片 2030 近侧脊段 2032 遠端 2034 枢轴承窩 2036 溝 2038 溝 2040 第一鉛直供氣通道 108 eth96425 200808254 2042第三供氣線路 2042’第三供氣線路區段 2042”第三供氣線路區段 2044第三供氣埠 5 2045第三供氣通道 2050第二鉛直供氣通道 2052第四供氣線路 2052’第四供氣線路區段 2052”第四供氣線路區段 10 2054第四供氣埠 2055第四供氣通道 2060 蓋 2062螺釘 2100開關總成 15 2110開關塊 2111枢軸孔 2112供氣埠 2113開關塊之底部表面 2114開關腔 20 2116供氣通道 2118管集箱區 2130選擇器構件總成 2150主體部分 2151樞軸桿 109 eth96425 200808254 5 10 15 20 2152 0環封 2153 回行桿 2154 0環封 2155 底切排氣區 2156 短桿 2158 選擇器把手 2160 中央供氣埠 2170 第四排氣通道 2180 第三排氣通道 2190 回動簧 2192 圓突部 2193 槽孔 2194 圓突部 2195 槽孔 2196 回動簧之自由端 2198 回動簧之自由端 3010 氣動外科切割及緊固裝置 3102 脊總成 3104 近側脊段 3105 近端 3106 遠侧脊段 3110 右止動樁 3112 左止動樁 3190 閉合管 110 eth96425 200808254 3192遠端 3194馬蹄形孔 3196脊總成之近端 3400梭總成 5 3402梭總成之右邊部分 3403 開口 3404梭總成之左邊部分 3405右止動凸緣區段 3406 開口 10 3408 開口 3410導轨 3411導執 3412連接器片 3414 銷 15 3416鉛直支撐壁 3418鉛直支撐壁 3420推桿開口 3430閉合連桿總成 3432軛部分 20 3434閉合臂 4000回縮桿總成 4010回縮桿 4011近端 4012槽孔 eth96425 111 200808254 4014 銷 5 10 15 20 4015 凹口 4016回縮握把 4020推桿 4022遠端 4024連接器孔 4026推桿之近端 4028連接樁 4030擊發桿 4032近端 4034連接器部分 4040 Z形連接器部件 4041近端 4042附接舌片 4045 Z形連接器部件之遠端 4046遠侧附接舌片 4049 開口 5000氣動缸總成 5010第一氣缸殼體 5011第一壁 5012第一封閉近端 5013第一供氣璋 5014第一開放遠端 5015第一氣缸區 112 eth96425 200808254 5016第一軸向通道 5017第一凸緣 5018第二氣缸區 5020第二氣缸殼體 5 5021第二壁 5022第二近端 5023排氣口 5024第二開放遠端 5025第二凸緣 10 5026第二軸向通道 5027第一通道 5028第一活塞頭 5029第二埠 5032第三氣缸區 15 5034第四氣缸區 5040活塞缸 5042近端 5044封閉遠端 5046第二活塞頭 20 5047 開口 5048通道 5050第一供氣線路 5052第二供氣線路20 1920 Barrier member 1922 Barrier member guide 1924 Brake member 1926 Bias member 1930 Release system 1932 Release button 1934 Release member 1936 Release bevel 1938 Release pin 1940 Lock spring 1942 Eject spring 2000 Surgical cutting and stapling instrument 2002 Pneumatic joint Assembly 2004 ridge assembly 2010 distal ridge segment 2012 proximal 2014 frame member 2016 driver plate 2030 proximal ridge segment 2032 distal end 2034 pivot bearing socket 2036 groove 2038 groove 2040 first vertical gas supply channel 108 eth96425 200808254 2042 third Gas supply line 2042' third gas supply line section 2042" third gas supply line section 2044 third gas supply 埠 5 2045 third gas supply passage 2050 second vertical supply air passage 2052 fourth gas supply line 2052' Four gas supply line section 2052" fourth gas supply line section 10 2054 fourth gas supply 埠 2055 fourth gas supply passage 2060 cover 2062 screw 2100 switch assembly 15 2110 switch block 2111 pivot hole 2112 gas supply 113 2113 switch block Bottom surface 2114 switch cavity 20 2116 gas supply channel 2118 pipe header zone 2130 selector component assembly 2150 body portion 2151 pivot bar 109 eth96425 200808254 5 10 15 20 2152 0 ring seal 2153 return rod 2154 0 ring seal 2155 undercut exhaust zone 2156 short rod 2158 selector handle 2160 central air supply 埠 2170 fourth exhaust passage 2180 third exhaust passage 2190 Spring 2192 Rounded part 2193 Slot 2194 Rounded part 2195 Slot 2196 Free end of return spring 2198 Free end 3010 of reversing spring Pneumatic surgical cutting and fastening device 3102 Ridge assembly 3104 Proximal ridge 3105 Proximal 3106 Distal ridge segment 3110 Right stop post 3112 Left stop post 3190 Closing tube 110 eth96425 200808254 3192 Distal 3194 Horseshoe hole 3196 Ridge assembly proximal 3400 shuttle assembly 5 3402 Shuttle assembly right part 3403 Opening 3404 shuttle total Left part 3405 right stop flange section 3406 opening 10 3408 opening 3410 rail 3411 guide 3412 connector piece 3414 pin 15 3416 vertical support wall 3418 vertical support wall 3420 push rod opening 3430 closed link assembly 3432 yoke Part 20 3434 Close Arm 4000 Retraction Rod Assembly 4010 Retraction Rod 4011 Proximity 4012 Slot eth96425 111 200808254 4014 Pin 5 10 15 20 4015 Notch 4016 Retracting Grip 4020 Putter 4 022 distal 4024 connector hole 4026 push rod proximal end 4028 connection post 4030 firing rod 4032 proximal end 4034 connector portion 4040 Z-shaped connector member 4041 proximal end 4042 attachment tab 4045 Z-shaped connector member distal end 4046 Distal attachment tab 4049 opening 5000 pneumatic cylinder assembly 5010 first cylinder housing 5011 first wall 5012 first closed proximal end 5013 first air supply port 5014 first open distal end 5015 first cylinder region 112 eth96425 200808254 5016 First axial passage 5017 first flange 5018 second cylinder region 5020 second cylinder housing 5 5021 second wall 5022 second proximal end 5023 exhaust port 5024 second open distal end 5025 second flange 10 5026 second Axial passage 5027 first passage 5028 first piston head 5029 second 埠 5032 third cylinder region 15 5034 fourth cylinder region 5040 piston cylinder 5042 proximal end 5044 closed distal end 5046 second piston head 20 5047 opening 5048 passage 5050 first Gas supply line 5052 second gas supply line

Claims (1)

200808254 、申請專利範園·· 一種外科器具包括: 一遠端構件,其經建構 I具總 成 ; 則Μ納-氣力操作 一長軸桿總成,其有一盥哕 分和-近端部分;及而構件結合的遠端部 一氣動旋轉傳動構件, 部分支承且流體耗合於長軸#總成之該遠端 ίο 5· 15 20 4· 經建構用以在從該氣動力該旋轉傳動構件 之後向該遠端構件所支承之、氣力傳動信號 至少二旋轉驅動運動。w呆作工具總成施加 如申請專利範圍第丨項之 構件包括-氣動馬達。 ”中該旋轉傳動 如申請專利範圍第丨項之 構件經建構用以在從該氣中該旋轉傳動 該遠端構件支承之 原接收一氣體流之後向 發運動且在從該氣心二工具總成施加—旋轉擊 端構件支承之該氣力:接收另-氣體流之後向該遠 動。 、呆工具總成施加一旋轉回縮運 々口申請專利範圍第1項之 成之該遠端部分葬由一 $ μ /、τ及長軸杯總 端部分。 9 活卽接頭可樞轉地耦合於該近 如申請專利範圍第4項之 被以機械方式驅動。、科〜、,其中該活節接頭 eth96425·完稿 114 5· 200808254 6· 5 10 15 10 20 如申請專利範圍第4項之外科器具, 被氣力驅動。 ,、中4活即接頭 ,申請專利範圍第丨項之外科器具, 部分。而^刀可运擇性卸離該長軸桿總成之該近端 = 圍第1項之外科器具,其中該長軸桿總 μ延部分及該近端部分其中一 選擇性/、τ t於其内有—可 卸離該長軸桿總成之該近端部分。擇性 如申請專利範圍第]項之外科器具,其更包括: 一把手總成;及 及構,其被該把手總成支承且與該氣動力源 用二:二動構件可操作地聯繫’該驅動機構經建構 該等氣力信號從該一 =請專利範圍第9項之外科器具,其中該驅動機構 可又机里控制構件,其與該氣動力源及該旋轉傳 動構件流體連通;& 疋锝得 啟動扳機’其被該把手總成可操作地支承且可操 接於該可變流量控制構件以供選擇性地操作該 可交流量控制構件。 -種=理用於外科手術之器具的方法,該方法包括: 取得如申凊專利範圍第1項之該外科器具; eth96425-完稹 115 11 200808254 12. 5 10 15 20 消毒該外科器具;且 將該器具儲存於一無菌容器内。 -種外科器具包括: 一把手總成; 一閉合傳動系’其被該把手涵 產生一關閉運動及_開啟㈣、成支承且經建構用以 —驅動機構,其被該把手始 —氣動力源聯繫以選擇性地產生至1’ 動機構與 號; 座生至J 一氣力驅動信 動系二;=妾於該把手總成且與該閉合傳 動信號,· 啟和關閉運動及該至少-氣力驅 —氣動旋轉傳動構侔, 部分可操作地支承且對於長軸桿總成之一遠端 回應且經建槿田* …/主夕一軋力驅動信號作出 運動;及 生一旋轉擊發運動和一旋轉回縮 用器包括··用w其麵接於該長軸桿總成,該終端作 長槽道’其經訂定大小用以在其内收納一釘 長轴桿總成3合於該長槽道且對於來自該 一切巧及士 i"1啟和關閉運動作出柩轉回應;及 道内且對=!構件’其被可操作地支承於該長槽 且對於來自該旋轉傳動構件之該擊發和回縮 eth96425-$ 116 200808254 5 10 15 20 運動作出回應。 13·如申睛專利範圍第12項之外 構件包括一氣動馬達。 、,其中該旋轉傳動 14. =中請專利範圍第12項之外科仏 成之該遠端部分_由一 、,、中该長軸桿總 該長軸桿總成之該近端部^。碩總成可樞轉地耗合於 15. 如申請專利範圍第14項之外科器具…一 被以機械方式驅動。 ”中该活節接頭 W 請專利範圍第14項之外科器具 被氣力驅動。 /、中该活卽接頭 17.如申請專利範圍第12項之外科哭且 成之該遠端部分可選擇性地卸長轴中=轴桿總 端部分以讓-有-新終端㈣之該近 夠附接到該長軸桿總成之該近端部分/㈣部分能 以.如申請專利範圍第12項之外科器具 位於該把手總成以外。 、Μ巩動力源 一種外科器具包括: 一把手總成; 一 t轴桿總成,其有—可操作_接於該把手總成 的近知部分,該長軸桿總成更有一遠端部分; 用以可操作地支承辆接於該長轴桿總成^氣力 操作工具總成的器件;及 ~ 用以回應來自肖其流體柄合之—氣動力源之至少 一氣力傳動信號產生至少一旋轉驅動力以供施加於被 19. eth96425-完穩 117 200808254 該可操作支承器件支承之氣力操作工具的器件,該產 生器件係由該長軸桿總成之該遠端支承。 20.如申請專利範圍第18項之外科器具,其中該氣動力源 係由該把手總成支承。 5 118 eth96425-完槁200808254, Application for Patent Park·· A surgical instrument includes: a distal member that is constructed with an I-assembly; then a Cann-Pneumatically operated long-shaft assembly having a split and a proximal portion; And the distal end portion of the member is coupled to a pneumatic rotary transmission member, partially supported and fluidly constrained to the distal end of the long shaft # assembly. ίο 5· 15 20 4· is configured to rotate the transmission member from the aerodynamic force The pneumatic transmission signal supported by the distal member is then at least two rotationally driven. w Staying as a tool assembly application The components of the scope of the patent application include a pneumatic motor. The member of the rotary transmission, such as the scope of the application of the patent application, is configured to move toward a movement after receiving a flow of gas from the original transmission of the distal member in the gas, and from the total of the two tools Applying the pneumatic force supported by the rotating striking member: the remote moving after receiving the other gas flow. The rotating tool assembly applies a rotation back to the retracting port. By a $ μ /, τ and a long-axis cup end portion. 9 The movable joint is pivotally coupled to the mechanically driven device of the fourth aspect of the patent application. Connector eth96425·Finished 114 5· 200808254 6· 5 10 15 10 20 If the application for the fourth part of the scope of patent application is driven by pneumatic force, , the middle 4 is the joint, and the patent application is the second item. And the ^ knife can be selectively disengaged from the proximal end of the long shaft rod assembly = surrounding the first item of the external appliance, wherein the long shaft total μ extension portion and the proximal portion of one of the selective /, τ t Within it - can be detached from the length The proximal portion of the rod assembly. The optional apparatus of claim 4, further comprising: a handle assembly; and a structure supported by the handle assembly and used with the aerodynamic source: The second movable member is operatively coupled to the drive mechanism to construct the pneumatic signal from the one of the ninth item of the patent scope, wherein the drive mechanism can control the member in the machine, and the pneumatic power source and the The rotary transmission member is in fluid communication; & a trigger trigger is operatively supported by the handle assembly and operably coupled to the variable flow control member for selectively operating the ac fluid control member. a method for treating an instrument for surgery, the method comprising: obtaining the surgical instrument according to claim 1 of the claimed patent; eth96425-end 115 11 200808254 12. 5 10 15 20 disinfecting the surgical instrument; The appliance is stored in a sterile container. - The surgical instrument comprises: a handle assembly; a closed drive train 'which is activated by the handle culvert and is opened (4), supported and constructed - a moving mechanism, which is contacted by the starting-air power source to selectively generate the 1' moving mechanism and the number; the seat is sent to the J-power driving mechanism 2; = the handle assembly and the closing transmission The signal, the start and close movements, and the at least-pneumatic drive-pneumatic rotary drive configuration are partially operatively supported and responsive to one of the distal ends of the long shaft assembly and constructed by the Putian* ... The drive signal is moved; and a rotary firing motion and a rotary retractor include: the surface of the long shaft assembly is connected to the long shaft, and the terminal is configured as a long channel A staple long shaft assembly 3 is accommodated in the long channel and is responsive to the opening and closing movements from the door; and the inner member and the pair of members are operatively supported In the long slot and in response to the firing and retracting eth96425-$116 200808254 5 10 15 20 movement from the rotating transmission member. 13. The components other than the scope of claim 12 include a pneumatic motor. Wherein, the rotary transmission 14. = the patent portion of the 12th item of the patented portion of the distal portion _ by the first, the middle shaft of the long shaft rod of the proximal portion of the long shaft rod. The master assembly is pivotally consumable. 15. If the patent application is in the 14th item, the external appliance... is mechanically driven. "The joint joint W" Please refer to the 14th item of the patent scope to be pneumatically driven. /, the live joint of the joint. 17. If the patent part of the 12th item is cried, the distal part can be selectively The main shaft of the unloading shaft = the total end portion of the shaft to allow the near-end portion of the long-end rod assembly (4) to be attached to the proximal portion/(four) portion of the long-axis rod assembly, as in claim 12 The surgical instrument is located outside the handle assembly. A surgical instrument includes: a handle assembly; a t-axis assembly having an operational portion connected to a known portion of the handle assembly, the long shaft The rod assembly further has a distal end portion; operably supporting a device attached to the long shaft rod assembly and a pneumatic operating tool assembly; and - for responding to a gas power source from the Shaw's fluid shank At least one pneumatic transmission signal generates at least one rotational driving force for application to the pneumatically operated tool supported by the operably supporting device by the 19. eth96425-stable 117 200808254, the generating device being comprised of the long shaft assembly Remote support. 20. Patent application Surgical instrument 18 of the first, wherein the pneumatic power train is supported by the assembly of the handle. 5 118 eth96425- End rotten
TW096128141A 2006-08-02 2007-08-01 Surgical cutting and fastening instrument with distally mounted pneumatically powered rotary drive member TWI513446B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/497,760 US20080029575A1 (en) 2006-08-02 2006-08-02 Surgical cutting and fastening instrument with distally mounted pneumatically powered rotary drive member

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200808254A true TW200808254A (en) 2008-02-16
TWI513446B TWI513446B (en) 2015-12-21

Family

ID=42334134

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW096128141A TWI513446B (en) 2006-08-02 2007-08-01 Surgical cutting and fastening instrument with distally mounted pneumatically powered rotary drive member

Country Status (3)

Country Link
HK (1) HK1113650A1 (en)
IL (1) IL184590A0 (en)
TW (1) TWI513446B (en)

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1994026181A1 (en) * 1993-05-07 1994-11-24 Danek Medical, Inc. Surgical cutting instrument
US6412639B1 (en) * 2000-04-28 2002-07-02 Closure Medical Corporation Medical procedure kit having medical adhesive
EP2430985B1 (en) * 2002-10-04 2017-06-14 Covidien LP Pneumatic powered surgical stapling device
US6964363B2 (en) * 2003-07-09 2005-11-15 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Surgical stapling instrument having articulation joint support plates for supporting a firing bar

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
HK1113650A1 (en) 2008-10-10
IL184590A0 (en) 2008-01-20
TWI513446B (en) 2015-12-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI462721B (en) Pneumatically powered surgical cutting and fastening instrument with actuator at distal end
TWI481378B (en) Pneumatically powered surgical cutting and fastening instrument with a variable control of the actuating rate of firing with mechanical power assist
JP5117135B2 (en) Gas powered surgical cutting / fastening instrument with interchangeable power source
TW200808254A (en) Surgical cutting and fastening instrument with distally mounted pneumatically powered rotary drive member
TWI468142B (en) Pneumatically powered surgical cutting and fastening instrument with mechanical linkage coupling end effector and trigger motion
TWI481381B (en) Pneumatically powered surgical cutting and fastening instrument with improved volume storage
TWI462722B (en) Pneumatically powered surgical cutting and fastening instrument with manually operated retraction apparatus
TWI468141B (en) Pneumatically powered surgical cutting and fastening instrument with audible and visual feedback features
TW200814963A (en) Pneumatically powered surgical cutting and fastening instrument with replaceable power sources

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees